Product Overview

Transcription

Product Overview
Product Overview
Extending Visibility Across Your Enterprise
with Constant Supply of High Quality and Innovative Products
Our most popular European products can now be chosen from our extensive component range
OV-01B-UK
Index
(Select product according to
features and family series)
1
Air Preparation
2
Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation
3
Solenoid Valves
4
Manually, mechanically, pneumatically
operated directional valves
5
Check and Flow Control Valves
6
Linear Actuators
7
Electrical Actuators
8
Rotary Actuators
9
Grippers
10
Auto Switches for Pneumatic Actuators
11
Vacuum
12
Fittings and Tubing
Others, catalogue and web site
information,
Others
This catalogue contains only limited
product information. If you require any
additional options or technical details,
please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product
information on CD, our web page:
www.smc.eu or by contacting your
nearest SMC office.
1
2
Air Preparation
Air Preparation
1
Air Preparation
1
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
3
Air Preparation
Modular F.R.L. Unit
Air Preparation
Reduction
New
Series AC
1
Improved visibility
for lubricant drip
with graduation for
lubricant control.
Graduation
Space-saving design
The use of a compact spacer with bracket
reduces the total assembly space.
14
AC25
AC2500
14
AC30
AC3000
14
AC40
AC4000
18
AC40-06 AC4000-06
3
2
Old
9
1
Spacer with
bracket
18
AC50
AC5000
18
AC55
AC5500
18
AC60
AC6000
18
Embedded
pressure gauge
is a standard feature.
Ozone resistant rubber
material (HNBR)
Improved relief sensitivity
Float type auto drain with
excellent operability is used for
compact models (AF10, 20).
Drain cock is easy-to-use rotary
type.
Improved installation
Bracket with spacer
Retainer
Knob cover
Prevents careless adjustment
of the pressure setting.
Lock cover
Keyhole dia.: ø8
Lock (supplied by customer)
Part no.
AR20P-580AS
Lever pin
q Attach the component into the fitting of the
spacer with bracket.
w Lock the lever pin into the retainer.
(temporary installation)
Bolt
Model
AC20/AR20/AR20K/AW20,
AW20K/AWM20/AWD20
AR25P-580AS
AC25/AR25/AR25K
AR30P-580AS
AC30/AR30/AR30K/AW30,
AW30K/AWM30/AWD30
AR40P-580AS
AC40(-06)/AR40(-06)/
AR40K(-06)/AW40(-06)/
AW40K(-06)/AWM40/AWD40
e Tighten the bolt.
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
4
SMC
6
4
AC2000
5
AC1000
AC20
4
AC10
8
Reduction
(mm)
Old
7
Model
New
Air Preparation
Modular System
Series AC
• Optimal stacking manifold for use as
single device, and for different device
combinations.
• Standard sizes with port M5 to
G1/2 (G 3/4 and G1).
• Bowl protection from size 30 standard.
• Filter with optional manual or
automatic drain.
• Wide range of accessories for
custom variants.
• 3 bowl materials for different types of use
(polycarbonate, nylon, metal).
• Superior flow capacity with compact
dimensions.
• Temperature range -5 to 60°.
Filter Regulator+Lubricator
Series AC
• Simple assembly system for stacking the
various parts and accessories.
• Wide range of accessories for
custom variants.
• 3 bowl materials for different types of use
(polycarbonate, nylon, metal).
• Temperature range -5 to 60° C.
• Filter regulator with optional manual or
automatic drain.
• Vertical mounting position.
Part number 1)
AC10-M5
AC20-F01
AC20-F02
AC30-F02
AC30-F03
AC40-F03
AC40-F04
AC40-F06
AC50-F06
AC60-F10
Port Size
M5
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G1
Set pressure
range MPa
Drain
type
Filtration
Circuit Symbols
1
0.05 to 0.7
1
5 µm
Manual (optional: 2,
discharge 10, 20, 40,
0.05 to 0.85
1)
70, 100 µm)
Air Preparation
Air Filter+Regulator+Lubricator
1) Add sufiix D at the end of reference for automatic drain (Normaly Open), only for size 30 or more
2) Add sufiix E at the end of reference for square gauge added.
3) Add sufiix G at the end of reference for round gauge added.
Part number 1)
AC10A-M5
AC20A-F01
AC20A-F02
AC30A-F02
AC30A-F03
AC40A-F03
AC40A-F04
AC40A-F06
AC60A-F10
Port Size
M5
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G1
Set pressure
range MPa
Drain
type
Filtration
Circuit Symbols
0.05 to 0.7
5 µm
Manual
(optional: 2,
discharge
0.05 to 0.85
10, 20, 40,
1)
70, 100 µm)
1) Add sufiix D at the end of reference for automatic drain (Normaly Open), only for size 30 or more
2) Add sufiix E at the end of reference for square gauge added.
3) Add sufiix G at the end of reference for round gauge added.
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
5
Air Preparation
Modular System
Filter
Air Preparation
1
Series AF
* Part number
AF10-M5
AF20-F01
AF20-F02
AF30-F02
AF30-F03
AF40-F03
AF40-F04
AF40-F06
AF50-F06
AF60-F10
Port Size
Bowl capacity
(cm3)
M5
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G1
2,5
8
8
25
25
45
45
45
45
45
Drain
type
Filtration
Circuit Symbols
5 µm
* Manual (Option: 2,
discharge 10, 20, 40,
70, 100 µm)
* Add sufiix D at the end of reference for automatic drain (Normaly Open), only for size 30 or more
• In stacking manifold or as single device.
• Filtration degree 5 µm.
• Optional manual or automatic drain.
• 3 bowl materials for different types of use
(polycarbonate, nylon, metal).
• Filter cartridge element can be
changed quickly.
• Temperature range -5 to 60° C.
• Vertical mounting position.
Mist Separator
Series AFM
Bracket assembly
Series 20
Series 30
Series 40
Series 40-F06
Series 50•60
AF20P-050AS
AF30P-050AS
AF40P-050AS
AF40P-070AS
AF50P-050AS
Part number *
AFM20-F01
AFM20-F02
AFM30-F02
AFM30-F03
AFM40-F04
AFM40-F06
Port Size
Oil mist
density
Drain
type
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
Max.1.0
mg/m3
(ANR)
*
Manual
discharge
Filtration
Circuit Symbols
0.3 µm
* Add sufiix D at the end of reference for automatic drain (Normaly Open), only for size 30 or more
• In stacking manifold or as single
device 99.9% of oil mist removal.
• Filtration degree 0.3 µm.
• Filter cartridge element can be
changed quickly.
• Temperature range -5 to 60° C.
• Vertical mounting position.
Micro-Mist Separator
Series AFD
Bracket assembly
Series 20
Series 30
Series 40
Series 40-F06
AF20P-050AS
AF30P-050AS
AF40P-050AS
AF40P-070AS
Part number *
AFD20-F01
AFD20-F02
AFD30-F02
AFD30-F03
AFD40-F04
AFD40-F06
Port Size
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
Oil mist
density
Drain
type
*
Max.0.1
Manual
mg/m3
(ANR) discharge
Filtration
Circuit
Symbols
0.3 µm
* Add sufiix D at the end of reference for automatic drain (Normaly Open), only for size 30 or more
• 99.9% of oil mist removal.
• Filtration 0.01 µm.
• Filter cartridge element can be
changed quickly.
• Temperature range -5 to 60° C.
• Vertical mounting position.
Bracket assembly
Series 20
Series 30
Series 40
Series 40-F06
AF20P-050AS
AF30P-050AS
AF40P-050AS
AF40P-070AS
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
6
Air Preparation
Modular System
Series AR
Part number
AR10-M5
AR20-F01
AR20-F02
AR30-F03
AR40-F04
AR40-F06
AR50-F06
AR60-F10
Port Size
Port size
gauge
Set pressure
range MPa
Rc1/16
0.05 to 0.7
M5
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G1
Circuit Symbols
1
1
G1/8
Air Preparation
Regulator
0.05 to 0.85
G1/4
1) Add sufiix D at the end of reference for automatic drain (Normaly Open),only for size 30 or more
2) Add sufiix E at the end of reference for square gauge added.
3) Add sufiix G at the end of reference for round gauge added.
Air regulator for 0.02 ~ 0.2 MPa
• In stacking manifold or as single device.
• Piston-type regulator (AR10) or diaphragm
regulator (AR20-60), relieving type.
• Panel mounting possible.
• Temperature range -5 to 60° C.
Regulator with Built-in
Check Valve
Series ARK
Part number
Port Size
Pressure
Gauge
Port Size
Set pressure
range MPa
M5
AR10-M5-1
Rc1/16
G1/8
AR20-F01-1
0.02 to 0.2
G1/4
AR20-F02-1
G1/8
G3/8
AR30-F03-1
G1/2
AR40-F04-1
G1/4
Regulador de precisión de acción directa
Pressure
Set pressure
Part number
Port Size Gauge
range MPa
Port Size
ARP20-F02
ARP30-F03
ARP40-F04
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
Part number
Port Size
AR10-M5
AR20K-F01
AR20K-F02
AR30K-F02
AR30K-F03
AR40K-F03
AR40K-F04
M5
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
0.005~0.4
Pressure
Gauge
Port Size
Set pressure
range MPa
Rc1/16
0.05 to 0.7
Sensitivity
Within
0.2% F.S.
Circuit Symbols
G1/8
0.05 to 0.85
G1/4
1) Add sufiix D at the end of reference for automatic drain (Normaly Open), only for size 30 or more
2) Add sufiix E at the end of reference for square gauge added.
3) Add sufiix G at the end of reference for round gauge added.
• In stacking manifold or as single device.
• Piston-type or diaphragm regulator,
relieving type.
• Dual pressure control for cylinder
easily achieved.
• Panel mounting possible.
• Temperature range -5 to 60° C.
Bracket assembly
Series 20
Series 10
• In stacking manifold or as single device.
• Piston-type or diaphragm regulator,
relieving type.
• Panel mounting possible.
• Standard filtration degree 5 µm.
• Temperature range -5 to 60° C.
• Filter cartridge can be changed quickly.
Series 30
Series 40
Series 50•60
AR10P-270AS AR20P-270AS AR25P-270AS AR30P-270AS AR40P-270AS AR50P-270AS
Filter Regulator
Series AW
Series 25
Part number 1)
AW10-M5
AW20-F01
AW20-F02
AW30-F02
AW30-F03
AW40-F02
AW40-F03
AW40-F04
AW40-F06
AW60-F06
AW60-F10
Port Size
M5
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G1
Pressure
Gauge
Port Size
Set pressure
range MPa
Rc1/16
0.05 to 0.7
Drain
type
Filtration
Circuit Symbols
G1/8
5 µm (OpManual
tion: 2, 10,
0.05 to 0.85 discharge
20, 40, 70,
1)
100 µm
G1/4
1) Add sufiix D at the end of reference for automatic drain (Normaly Open), only for size 30 or more
2) Add sufiix E at the end of reference for square gauge added.
3) Add sufiix G at the end of reference for round gauge added.
Bracket assembly
Series 10
Series 20
Series 30
Series 40
Series 60
AR10P-270AS
AW20P-270AS
AR30P-270AS
AR40P-270AS
AR60P-270AS
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
7
Air Preparation
Modular System
Lubricator
Air Preparation
1
Series AL
• To be used as stacking manifold or as
single device.
• Bowl protection from body size 30.
• Lubricator adjustable with visual inspection.
• Refillable under pressure from body size 30.
• Temperature range -5 to 60° C.
Regulator with Built-in Pressure
Gauge
Filter Regulator with Built-in
Pressure Gauge
Series ARG/AWG
Part number
Port Size
Bowl capacity
(cm3)
Recommended
lubricant
M5
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G1
7
25
25
55
55
135
135
135
135
135
Class 1
Turbine oil
ISO VG32
AL10-M5
AL20-F01
AL20-F02
AL30-F02
AL30-F03
AL40-F03
AL40-F04
AL40-F06
AL50-F06
AL60-F10
Circuit Symbols
Bracket assembly
Series 20
Series 30
Series 40
Series 40-F06
Series 50•60
AF20-050AS
AF30P-050AS
AF40P-050AS
AF40P-070AS
AF50P-050AS
Part number
Port Size
G 1/8
G 1/4
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 3/8
G 1/2
AG20-F01G1H
*
AG20-F02G1H
*
AG30-F02G1H
*
AG30-F03G1H
*
AG40-F03G1H
*
AG40-F04G1H
*
Set pressure
range MPa
Circuit Symbols
ARG
0.05 to 0.85
AWG
* R: Regulator with Built-in Pressure Gauge
* W: Filter Regulator with Built-in Pressure Gauge
• Visibility of pressure gauge is improved in
various installation places.
• Space saving, Labour saving: Panel-cut for
pressure gauge is not necessary.
• Installation and removal of pressure gauge
cover is possible with one-touch.
• Pressure gauge anti-revolving mechanism.
Digital Pressure Switch
Series ISE35
Bracket assembly
Series 20
Series 30
Series 40
ARG20P-270AS
ARG30P-270AS
ARG40P-270AS
Part number
ISE35- * -65-L **
Pressure
range (MPa)
Switch
output
Power supply
voltage
0 to 1
PNP open collector
1 output
12 to 24 VDC
* N = Wiring botton entry
R = Wiring top entry
Digital Pressure Switch Details
** Option
A = With accessories (AR/AW series)
B = With accessories (ARM10/11 series)
Lock pin
M3 x 7
(Screw for aluminum materials)
Digital pressure switch
(Body only )
• Built-in pressure switch for AR/AW/ARM
and AC series.
• Switch replaceable.
• 2 Colour display.
• CE marking.
• Enclosure: IP40.
Adaptor
Example)
Regulator
O-ring
O-ring
Wiring
bottom entry
Wiring top entry
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
8
Air Preparation
Modular System
Attachments
TYPE
Y0
TYPE
Y00
Model
Model
type Y00T type Y0T
Y100
Y200
Y300
Y400
Y500
Y600
Cross Interface
Spacer with Bracket
Applicable
model
10
20
30
40
40-F06
50•60
Y10
Y20
Y30
Y40
Y50
Y60
TYPE
Y00T
TYPE
Y0T
Model
Model
type Y00T type Y0T
Y100T
Y200T
Y300T
Y400T
Y500T
Y600T
Y10T
Y20T
Y30T
Y40T
Y50T
Y60T
Applicable
model
10
20
30
40
40-F06
50•60
T-interface
Piping Adapter
• Using a T-interface facilitates the
redirection of air flow.
• A pipind adapter allows installation/removal
of the component wthout removing the
piping and thus makes maintenance easier.
Model
Model
Y110-M5
Y210-F01
Y210-F02
Y310-F02
Y410-F03
Y510-F03
Y610-F04
Port size
Applicable
model
M5
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
10
20
20
30
40
40-F06
50•60
E100-M5
E200-F01
E200-F02
E300-F02
E300-F03
E400-F04
E400-F06
E500-F06
E600-F06
E600-F10
1
• Pipings are possible in all 4 directions.
Port size
Applicable
model
M5
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G3/4
G1
10
20
20
30
30
40
40
40-F06
50•60
50•60
1
Air Preparation
Spacer
Model
Y14-M5
Y24-F01
Y24-F02
Y34-F01
Y34-F02
Y44-F02
Y44-F03
Y54-F03
Y54-F04
Port size
M5
G1/8
G1/4
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
Applicable
model
10
20
20
30
30
40
40
40-F06
40-F06
Check Valve
• A check valve with intermediate air release
port can be easily installed to prevent a back
flow of lubricant when redirecting the air flow
and releasing the air on the outlet side of the
regulator.
Model
AKM2000-F01
AKM2000-F02
AKM3000-F02
AKM4000-F03
Port size
Applicable
model
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
20
20
30
40
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
9
Air Preparation
Modular System
Pressure Switch
Air Preparation
1
Series IS1000M/E
M:
• For assembly between two devices
(not possible directly behind AV and AW).
E:
• For assembly at the end of a
maintenance unit.
• Available for body sizes 20-60.
• 0.7 MPa max. operating pressure.
• Function: N.O.
• Power consumption 2W/VA.
• Temperature range –5 to 60° C.
Pressure switch
Port
size
Part
number*
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
IS1000E-20F01-X215
IS1000E-20F02-X215
IS1000E-20F03-X215
IS1000E-30F02-X215
IS1000E-30F03-X215
IS1000E-30F04-X215
IS1000E-40F02-X215
IS1000E-40F03-X215
IS1000E-40F04-X215
IS1000E-40F06-X215
Applicable
model
AC20
AR20, AW20
AWM20, AWD20
AC25, AC30
AR25, AR30, AW30
AWM30, AWD30
AC40
AR40, AW40
AWM40, AWD40
Type
E
Set pressure range: 0.1~0.6MPa
Part
number*
Applicable
model
IS1000M-20-X215
IS1000M-30-X215
IS1000M-40-X215
IS1000M-50-X215
IS1000M-60-X215
AC20
AC25, AC30
AC40
AC40-06
AC50, AC55, AC60
Set pressure range: 0.1~0.6MPa
Type
M
Standard
3 Port Manually Operated
Finger Valve
Series VHS
• To be used as stacking manifold
or as single device.
• Used to bleed the entire compressed
air circuit.
• Can be upgraded with a silencer.
Part number
Port Size
Port Size
Exhaust
Effective flow (l/min)
P→A (A→R)
Adequate
for series
VHS20-F01
VHS20-F02
VHS30-F03
VHS40-F04
VHS50-F06
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
551 (600)
767 (876)
1692 (1584)
3119 (2785)
4472 (4078)
20
20
30
40-F04
50•60
3 port manually operated finger valve for
residual pressure evacuation
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
10
Air Preparation
Modular System
Series AV
• To be used as stacking manifold
or as single device.
• Safety feature, rapid bleeding of the
operating pressure in the control
system when switching on.
• Pilot available, either pneumatic
or with solenoid valve.
• Flow characteristics can be set
using a needle valve for throttling.
Condensate Discharge Valve
Series EAD402
Part number.
With solenoid valve
EAV2000-F02-4YZ-Q
EAV2000-F02-5YZ-Q
EAV3000-F03-4YZ-Q
EAV3000-F03-5YZ-Q
EAV4000-F04-4YZ-Q
EAV4000-F04-5YZ-Q
EAV5000-F06-4YZ-Q
EAV5000-F06-5YZ-Q
EAV5000-F10-4YZ-Q
EAV5000-F10-5YZ-Q
Air operated
EAVA2000-F02
EAVA3000-F03
EAVA4000-F04
Voltage
Port Size
Flow (l/min)
1P→2A (2A→3R)
Adequate
for series
G1/4
1170 (1365)
20
G3/8
2165 (2840)
30
G1/2
3545 (4415)
40-F04
G3/4
6161 (7197)
G1
6650 (7688)
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
1170 (1365)
2165 (2840)
3545 (4415)
220V AC
24V DC
220V AC
24V DC
220V AC
24V DC
220V AC
24V DC
220V AC
24V DC
—
—
—
1
1
Air Preparation
Soft Start-up Valve
50, 60
20
30
40-F04
Part number.
Port Size
Port Size
Drain
Condensate quantity
EAD402-F02
EAD402-F03
EAD402-F04
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 1/2
G 3/8”
30 cm3
Types to 1.6 MPa operation pressure on request
• Nylon bowl.
• Mounting position: vertical at the
deepest point of the system
to be emptied.
• Temperature range: -5 to 60° C.
• Operating pressure range: 0.1 to 1 MPa.
Heavy Duty Auto Drain
Part number.
Series ADH4000
ADH4000-F04
Port Size
Port Size
Drain
Condensate
quantity
Bracket set
G 1/2
G 1/2
400 cc/min
BM58
• Suitable for dirty water drain.
• Easy manintenance.
• No need for electric power and no
waste of air.
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
11
Air Preparation
Refrigeration
Refrigeration Air Dryer
Series IDFA
• High Efficiency Heat Exchanger.
• Ozone Friendly Refrigerants.
• High performance, reliable and trouble
free compressed air treatment from SMC.
• State of the art design ensuring a constant
3°C pressure dewpoint.
• Enviromentally ozone friendly 134a and
407c refrigerant gases.
• Simple control system,incorporating
easy to read avaporator gauge.
• Stainless steel heat exchanger providing
long life and low pressure drops.
• Compact design for ease of installation.
• 10mm push-in condensate drain port.
Standard Specifications
Specification
IDFA3E-23
Operating Rated
Ranges conditions
Inlet air pressure (bar)
Inlet air temperature (°C)
Ambient temperature
Inlet air pressure (bar)
Inlet air temperature (°C)
Ambient temperature
Air inlet/outlet port connection
Drain connection (mm)
Power source
Rated current (A)
Refrigerant
Height (mm)
Width (mm)
Depth (mm)
Weight (kg)
Electrical
Spec.
Rc3/8
Dimensions
Air Preparation
1
1.2
470
266
390
18
IDFA4E-23 IDFA6E-23-K IDFA8E-23-K IDF11E-23-K IDFA15E-23-K IDFA22E-23-K IDFA37E-23-K IDFA55E-23-K IDFA75E-23-K
7 bar
35°C
25°C
1,5~10 bar
5~50°C
2~40°C (Relative Humidity of 85% or less)
Rc1/2
Rc3/4
Rc1
Rc1
10
AC230V (50Hz)
1.2
1.2
1.4
2.7
3.0
4.3
HFC134a
565
578
623
495
495
565
270
300
290
270
270
270
465
603
775
435
435
465
28
46
54
22
23
27
Rc1-1/2
Rc2
4.3
5.4
HFC407c
623
800
290
470
855
855
62
100
Flow Table
Model
IDFA3E-23
IDFA4E-23
IDFA6E-23-K
IDFA8E-23-K
IDFA11E-23-K
IDFA15E-23-K
IDFA22E-23-K
IDFA37E-23-K
IDFA55E-23
IDFA75E-23
3°C
7°C
l/min
10°C
3°C
7°C
m3/hr
10°C
200
400
600
1080
1330
2000
3030
4550
6500
11000
250
510
765
1375
1690
2540
3850
5780
7200
12000
280
560
840
1515
1865
2800
4235
6360
8500
13700
12
24
36
65
80
120
182
273
390
660
15
31
46
83
101
152
231
347
432
720
17
34
50
91
112
168
254
382
510
822
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
12
7.9
900
470
855
116
Air Preparation
Filtration
Part number
Series AMG
AMG150C-F01C
AMG250C-F02D
AMG350C-F03D
AMG350C-F04D
AMG450C-F04D
AMG550C-F06D
AMG650-F10D
AMG650-F14D
AMG850-F20D
• Water separation rate 99% .
• Standard automatic drain.
• Lower pressure drop.
• Operating pressure range 0.15 to 1.0MPa.
• Device is self-cleaning and thus
maintenance-free.
Port Size
Max. flow
(l/min)
Suitable compressor
capacity in Kw
Spare filter
element
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/2
G3/4
G1
G1 1/2
G2
300
750
1500
1500
2200
3500
6000
6000
12000
2,2
5,5
11
11
15
22
37
37
75
AMG-EL150
AMG-EL250
AMG-EL350
AMG-EL350
AMG-EL450
AMG-EL550
AMG-EL650
AMG-EL650
AMG-EL850
Bracket assembly
250
150
350
BM51 BM52
450
BM53 BM54
550
650
850
BM55
BM56
BM57
Series AMG
Membrane Air Dryer
Series IDG
• Functions on water-permeable
membrane priciple.
• The air is exchanged in the membrane
and the air moisture is released via the
purge air directly to the atmosphere.
• As a single device or combined with
AFM mist separator and AFD micro mist
separator.
• No external energy supply required.
• Coolant-free.
Air inlet
Part number
Port Size
G
Purge
air
Flow on the
outlet side
Suitable
for series
AFM/AFD
IDG1-F02
IDG3-F01
IDG5-F01
IDG10-F02
IDG20-F02
IDG30-F03
IDG50-F03
IDG60-F03
IDG75-F04
IDG100-F04
IDG3H-F01
IDG5H-F01
IDG10H-F02
IDG20H-F02
IDG30H-F03
IDG50H-F03
IDG60H-F03
IDG75H-F04
IDG100H-F04
IDG30L-F03
IDG50L-F03
IDG60L-F03
IDG75L-F04
IDG100L-F04
IDG60S-F03
IDG75S-F04
IDG100S-F04
1/4
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
2.5 l/min
6 l/min
12 l/min
25 l/min
50 l/min
75 l/min
125 l/min
125 l/min
150 l/min
190 l/min
3 l/min
6 l/min
11 l/min
22 l/min
35 l/min
60 l/min
65 l/min
80 l/min
110 l/min
25 l/min
40 l/min
57 l/min
80 l/min
100 l/min
27 l/min
54 l/min
85 l/min
10 l/min
25 l/min
50 l/min
100 l/min
200 l/min
300 l/min
500 l/min
600 l/min
750 l/min
1000 l/min
25 l/min
50 l/min
100 l/min
200 l/min
300 l/min
500 l/min
600 l/min
750 l/min
1000 l/min
75 l/min
110 l/min
170 l/min
240 l/min
300 l/min
50 l/min
100 l/min
150 l/min
–
Max. attainable
dew point
20
30
-20°C
40
–
20
30
-15°C
40
–
40
-40°C
40
-60°C
Bracket assembly
Exhaust air
Series IDG3,5 Series IDG10 Series IDG20 Series IDG30•50
Dry air
BM59
BM61
BM63
BM64
Series IDG60•75•100
BM65
Air/Gas
Water droplets
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
13
1
1
Air Preparation
Water Separator
Air Preparation
Filtration
Air Filter
Series EAF800/900
Air Preparation
1
Part number.
Port Size
*Flow
(l/min)
Bowl capacity
EAF811-F14
EAF911-F20
G1 1/2
G2
8000
15000
180cm3
* at 0.7 MPa set pressure
• Superior flow capacity.
• Filtration degree 5 µm
(2, 10, 20, 40, 70, 100 µm on request).
• Temperature range 5 to 60° C.
• Automatic drain.
Main Line Filter:
Series AFF
Part number.
• Series AFF is mounted to main piping
to remove impurities like oil, water and
particles in compressed air.
• Fine filtration of compressed air
(3 µm filtration degree).
• Temperature range 5 to 60° C.
• Operating pressure range 0.05 to1.0 MPa.
• Automatic drain standard
(different versions possible).
• Solid construction with viewing window.
AFF2C-F03D-T
AFF4C-F04D-T
AFF8C-F06D-T
AFF11C-F06D-T
AFF22C-F10D-T
AFF37B-F14D-T
AFF75B-F20D-T
Port Size
Max. flow
(l/min)
Max. flow
(m3/h)
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G1
G1 1/2
G2
300
750
1500
2200
3500
6000
12000
18
45
90
132
210
360
720
Mist Separator:
Series AM
• Fine filtration of compressed
air (0.3 µm filtration degree).
• Temperature range 5 to 60°C.
• Operating pressure range
0.05 to1.0 MPa.
• Automatic drain standard
(different versions possible).
• Solid construction with
viewing window.
Part number.
AM150C-F03D-T
AM250C-F04D-T
AM350C-F06D-T
AM450C-F06D-T
AM550C-F10D-T
AM650-F14D-T
AM850-F20D-T
Port Size
Max. flow
(l/min)
Max. flow
(m3/h)
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G1
G1 1/2
G2
300
750
1500
2200
3500
6000
12000
18
45
90
132
210
360
720
Port Size
Max. flow
(l/min)
Max. flow
(m3/h)
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G1
G1 1/2
G2
200
500
1000
2000
3500
6000
12000
12
30
60
120
210
360
720
Micro-Mist Separator
Series AMD
• Finest filtration of compressed
air (0.01 µm).
• Operating pressure range
0.05 to 1.0 MPa.
• Temperature range 5 to 60°C.
• Automatic drain standard
(different versions possible).
Part number.
AMD150C-F03D-T
AMD250C-F04D-T
AMD350C-F06D-T
AMD450C-F06D-T
AMD550C-F10D-T
AMD650-F14D-T
AMD850-F20D-T
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
14
Air Preparation
Filtration
Micro-Mist Separator with Prefilter
Series AMH
Max. flow
(l/min)
Max. flow
(m3/h)
AMH150C-F03D-T
AMH250C-F04D-T
AMH350C-F06D-T
AMH450C-F06D-T
AMH550C-F10D-T
AMH650-F14D-T
AMH850-F20D-T
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G1
G1 1/2
G2
200
500
1000
2000
3500
6000
12000
12
30
60
120
210
360
720
• The conventional pneumatic pressure line
AM + AMD series have been integrated to
achieve a reduction in installation space, savings
in piping installation labor, and reduced costs.
• Finest filtration of compressed air (0.01 µm)
• Operating pressure range 0.05 to 1.0 MPa.
• Temperature range 5 to 60° C.
• Automatic drain standard
(different versions possible).
Part number.
Port Size
Max. flow
(l/min)
Max. flow
(m3/h)
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G1
G1 1/2
G2
200
500
1000
2000
3500
6000
12000
12
30
60
120
210
360
720
Port Size
Max. flow
(l/min)
Max. flow
(m3/h)
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G1
G1 1/2
G2
200
500
1000
2000
3500
6000
12000
12
30
60
120
210
360
720
1
1
Air Preparation
Port Size
Part number.
Super Mist Separator
Series AME
AME150C-F03D
AME250C-F04D
AME350C-F06D
AME450C-F06D
AME550C-F10D
AME650-F14D
AME850-F20D
• Due to its special configuration, series AME
indicates the life of the filter element by a
colour change. Accordingly, the replacing time
can be judged vissually (a red colour indicates
the replacing time).
• Filtration of compressed air (0.01 µm).
• Operating pressure range 0.05 to 1.0 MPa.
• Temperature range 5 to 60° C.
• Automatic drain standard
(different versions possible).
Odor Removal
Series AMF
Part number.
• Active carbon filter for filtering odours.
• Filtration degree 0.01 µm.
• 13 layers of active carbon ensure
optimum effectiveness.
• Operating pressure range 0.05 to
1.0 MPa.
• Temperature range 5 to 60° C.
AMF150C-F03D
AMF250C-F04D
AMF350C-F06D
AMF450C-F06D
AMF550C-F10D
AMF650-F14D
AMF850-F20D
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
15
Air Preparation
Pressure Control
Miniature Regulator
Series ARJ
Air Preparation
1
Port Size
IN
OUT
Set pressure
range MPa
M5
M5
R1/8, M5
ø 4 mm tube
ø 6 mm tube
M5
0.1 to 0.7
0.1 to 0.7
0.2 to 0.7
Part number
ARJ1020F-M5-04
ARJ1020F-M5-06
ARJ210-M5
Valve manifold for ARJ1020F
6 stations
4 stations
ARJM10-6
ARJM10-4
Circuit Symbol
10 stations
ARJM10-10
• Piston-type regulator, relieving type.
• Panel mounted.
• Temperature range -5 to 60° C.
• Type ARJ1020F, can be fitted to
manifold (max. 10 pieces).
Miniature Regulator
Series ARJ310
Port Size
IN
OUT
Set pressure
range MPa
R1/8, M5
R1/8, M5
R1/8, M5
Rc1/8
ø 4 mm tube
ø 6 mm tube
0.2 to 0.7
0.2 to 0.7
0.2 to 0.7
Part number
ARJ310-01
ARJ310F-01-04
ARJ310F-01-06
Circuit Symbol
• With either threaded or one touch fitting
at the outlet (2).
• Over double the flow capacity
compared with ARJ210.
• ARJ310-01: 500 l/min
• ARJ310F-01-04:190 l/min
• ARJ310F-01-06:415 l/min
Modular Regulator
Series ARM10/11
• Available as single device or stacked
on DIN rails.
• 3 different control positions possible.
• Integrated, replaceable one-touch
fittings.
• Broad range of accessories available
(e.g.: 3 port shut-off valve, pressure switch,...).
• Flow of 150 to 300 l/min.
Series
Port Size
Type
IN
OUT
Push In:
4, 6mm
ARM10
Single
device
Push In:
4, 6mm
ARM11
modular
on DINrail
Push In:
6, 8, 10 mm
Push In:
4, 6mm
Set pressure
range MPa
Accessories
Mounting bracket,
replacement fittings, panel
0.05 to 0.7
nut, pressure gauge
or
3
port
shut-off valve, pressure
0.05 to 0.35
switch, replacement fittings,
extra SUP block supply,
SUP blocking disc
Note:
Can only be specified from
full catalogue.
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
16
Air Preparation
Pressure Control
Series EAR
Part number.
0.05~0.85MPa
Port Size
Pressure Gauge
Port Size
1
G1/2
G3/4
G1
G1 1/2
G2
G1/4
Port Size
Port Size
Pressure Gauge
G1/2
G3/4
G1
G1 1/2
G2
G1/4
EAR425-F04
EAR625-F06
EAR625-F10
EAR825-F14
EAR925-F20
Circuit Symbol
1
Air Preparation
Pilot Operated Pressure Regulator
* at 0.7 MPa
Part number.
0.02~0.2MPa
• Pilot operated pressure regulator.
• Superior flow capacity and
control precision.
• Temperature range -5 to 60° C
• Port size to 2”.
High Precision Pressure Regulator
Series IR1000/2000/3000
• Can be stacked, modular
air preparation series.
• Can be mounted to panels.
• Air consumption IR10, IR20 < 4.4 l/min,
IR30 < 11.5 l/min.
• Large exhaust capacity.
EAR435-F04
EAR635-F06
EAR635-F10
EAR835-F14
EAR935-F20
Circuit Symbol
* at 0.2 MPa
Part no.*
Set pressure
range
IR1000-F01
IR1010-F01
IR1020-F01
IR2000-F02
IR2010-F02
IR2020-F02
IR3000-F03
IR3010-F03
IR3020-F03
IR3000-F04
IR3010-F04
IR3020-F04
0.005~0.2MPa
0.005~0.4MPa
0.005~0.8MPa
0.005~0.2MPa
0.005~0.4MPa
0.005~0.8MPa
Setting
sensitivity
Port Size
Repeatability
Circuit Symbol
G1/8
G1/4
0.2% F.S. max. ±0.5% F.S. max.
0.01~0.2MPa
0.01~0.4MPa
0.01~0.8MPa
G3/8
0.01~0.2MPa
0.01~0.4MPa
0.01~0.8MPa
G1/2
*pneumatically operated high precision pressure regulator available on request
Mounting bracket
For IR1000
For IR2000
For IR3000
P36201023
P36202028
P362030-20
Regulator
up to 2.0 MPa Set Pressure
Series ARX20
Part number
Set pressure range (MPa)
Max. operating pressure
(MPa)
0,05 to 0,85
0,05 to 0,30
0,05 to 0,85
0,05 to 0,30
2,0
ARX20-F01
ARX21-F01
ARX20-F02
ARX21-F02
Port size
G1/8
G1/4
Assembly materials
Mounting bracket
Panel mounting nut
1348112
1348110A
• Set pressure up to 2.0 MPa.
• Compact design. 35x35x80 mm.
• Practical, 3 outlets available.
• Simple operation, ergonomic design.
• Ideal for regulating: e.g. discharge
pressure for small compressors or the
pressure in air blowing applications.
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
17
Air Preparation
Pressure Control
• Compact, light design, 15 mm wide,
weights 100 g.
• Can be used alone or stacked
with DIN rails.
• Integrated one-touch fittings.
• Enclosure IP65.
• LED fault display.
E/P Proportional Converter
Series ITV1000/2000/3000
• No air consumption when
pressure equalised.
• 2 switch outputs: analogue
1-5 VDC/4-20 mA, PNP/NPN
switch output.
• Enclosure IP65.
• Compact design.
• Simple control using foil keypad
and LED display.
Connector cable with ferrite core
P398010-12 straight with 3 m cable
P398010-13 elbow with 3 m cable
Attachments
L foot
Flat
INI-398-0-6 P3020114
Type Part number
as single device
ITV0010-0N-Q
ITV0010-3N-Q
ITV0030-0N-Q
ITV0030-3N-Q
ITV0050-0N-Q
ITV0050-3N-Q
ITV0090-0N-Q
ITV0090-3N-Q
ITV0010-0MN-Q
ITV0010-3MN-Q
ITV0030-0MN-Q
ITV0030-3MN-Q
ITV0050-0MN-Q
ITV0050-3MN-Q
ITV0090-0MN-Q
ITV0090-3MN-Q
Accessories
Lead wire straight 3 m
Lead wire elbow 2 m
Flat bracket
U bracket
Manifold for 2 -10
stations
for block mounting
Series ITV0000
Air Preparation
1
Miniature E/P Proportional
Converter
Part no.*
Input
signal
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V DC
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V DC
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V DC
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V DC
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V DC
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V DC
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V DC
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V DC
Output
signal
analog
1 - 5 VDC
Set pressure
Port Size
range
0.001~0.1
MPa
0.001~0.5
MPa
0.001~0.9
MPa
-1.0 ~ 100
KPa
0.001~0.1
MPa
0.001~0.5
MPa
0.001~0.9
MPa
-1.0 ~ 100
KPa
3,5
6,0
6,0
Push In
for
ø 4 mm
tube
2,0
3,5
6,0
6,0
2,0
M8-4DSX3MG4
ELWIKA-KV4408 PVC025 2M
P39800022
P39800023
IITV - *
* Number of stations
Input signal /
Output signal
ITV1010-01F2N-Q 4~20mA / analogue 1~5V DC
4~20mA / PNP
ITV1010-03F2N-Q
ITV1010-31F2N-Q 0~10V DC / analogue 1~5V DC
0~10V DC / PNP
ITV1010-33F2N-Q
ITV1030-01F2N-Q 4~20mA / analogue 1~5V DC
4~20mA / PNP
ITV1030-03F2N-Q
ITV1030-31F2N-Q 0~10V DC / analogue 1~5V DC
0~10V DC / PNP
ITV1030-33F2N-Q
ITV1050-01F2N-Q 4~20mA / analogue 1~5V DC
4~20mA / PNP
ITV1050-03F2N-Q
ITV1050-31F2N-Q 0~10V DC / analogue 1~5V DC
ITV1050-33F2N-Q
0~10V DC / PNP
ITV2010-01F3N-Q
ITV2010-03F3N-Q
ITV2010-31F3N-Q
ITV2010-33F3N-Q
ITV2030-01F3N-Q
ITV2030-03F3N-Q
ITV2030-31F3N-Q
ITV2030-33F3N-Q
ITV2050-01F3N-Q
ITV2050-03F3N-Q
ITV2050-31F3N-Q
ITV2050-33F3N-Q
4~20mA / analogue 1~5V DC
4~20mA / PNP
0~10V DC / analogue 1~5V DC
0~10V DC / PNP
4~20mA / analogue 1~5V DC
4~20mA / PNP
0~10V DC / analogue 1~5V DC
0~10V DC / PNP
4~20mA / analogue 1~5V DC
4~20mA / PNP
0~10V DC / analogue 1~5V DC
0~10V DC / PNP
ITV3010-01F4N-Q
ITV3010-03F4N-Q
ITV3010-31F4N-Q
ITV3010-33F4N-Q
ITV3030-01F4N-Q
ITV3030-03F4N-Q
ITV3030-31F4N-Q
ITV3030-33F4N-Q
ITV3050-01F4N-Q
ITV3050-03F4N-Q
ITV3050-31F4N-Q
ITV3050-33F4N-Q
4~20mA / analogue 1~5V DC
4~20mA / PNP
0~10V DC / analogue 1~5V DC
0~10V DC / PNP
4~20mA / analogue 1~5V DC
4~20mA / PNP
0~10V DC / analogue 1~5V DC
0~10V DC / PNP
4~20mA / analogue 1~5V DC
4~20mA / PNP
0~10V DC / analogue 1~5V DC
0~10V DC / PNP
Set
pressure range
Port Size
0.005~0.1MPa
0.005~0.5MPa
G1/4
0.005~0.9 bar
0.005~0.1MPa
0.005~0.5MPa
G3/8
0.005~0.9 bar
0.005~0.1MPa
0.005~0.5MPa
G1/2
0.005~0.9 bar
*other styles available
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
18
Flow
Nl/min
Circuit
Symbol
Air Preparation
Pressure Control
Series EVBA
• Increases the main circuit pressure
to an adjustable value.
• Major energy savings.
• No cooling required.
• Silencer means less operating noise.
• No other energy source required.
• Operating temperature: 5-50° C.
• Input pressure: 0.1-1 MPa.
• Mounting position: horizontal.
Pressure Gauge
Series G
• With limit indicator.
Part number
Output range MPa
Flow
(l/min)
0,2 - 2,0
0,2 - 2,0
0,2 - 1,0
0,2 - 1,0
0,2 - 1,6
60
400
1000
1900
1600
EVBA1111-F02
EVBA1110-F02
VBA20A-F03
VBA40A-F04
VBA3A-F04
Accessories
Model
Pressure Gauge
Silencer
Part number
G15-10-01
G27-10-R1
G36-2-01
G36-4-01
G36-7-01
G36-10-01
G46-S2-01M
G46-S10-01M
G46-S25-01M
G46-S2-02
G46-S10-02
G46S2-01M-C
G46-S10-01M-C
G46-S2-02M-C
G46-S10-02M-C
EVBA1000
G27-20-R1
AN200-02
Port Size
G1/4
G3/8
Circuit
Symbol
Pressure
ratio
1
max. 4 : 1
1
max. 2 : 1
Air Preparation
Booster Regulator
G1/2
VBA20A
G36-10-01
AN300-03
VBA40A
G36-10-01
AN400-04
Pressure range
MPa
Connection
thread
Outside
Diametre
0 to 1,0
0 to 1,0
0 to 0,2
0 to 0,4
0 to 0,7
0 to 1,0
0 to 0,2
0 to 0,1
0 to 0,2
0 to 0,2
0 to 0,1
0 to 0,2
0 to 0,1
0 to 0,2
0 to 0,1
R1/8, M5 (Female thread)
R1/16
ø15
ø26
R1/8
ø37.5
R1/8
ø42.5
R1/4
R1/8
R1/4
ø42.5
(For panel mount)
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
19
Air Preparation
Lubrication
Large Flow Lubricator
1
Series EAL800•900
Part number.
Port Size
Min. operating
flow (Nl/min)
Bowl
capacity
Recommended
lubricant
EAL800-F14
EAL900-F20
G 1 1/2
G2
650
1800
440 cm3
ISO VG32
Air Preparation
* Conditions: inlet pressure 7 bar.
• Individual lubrication.
• Large flow type.
D.P. Lube Unit
Series EALDU600-900
Part number.
Port Size
Lube flow
(Nl/min)
Oil mist
particle size
Amount in
bowl
Rc 1
Rc 2
90 to 6000
250 to 15000
0.3~2 µm
2l
5l
EALDU600-10
EALDU900-20
D.P. Lube: Series ALD
D.P. Lube unit: Series ALDU
Strainer
Series INA
Main line filter
Series AFF
Solenoid valve
Metal seal
Air cylinder
Regulator
Series AR
Air dryer
• Creates a quality oil mist using
adjustable differential pressure.
• Oil consumption only approx. 10%
compared to ordinary lubes.
• Minimal environmental damage.
Air tool
Solenoid valve
Rubber seal
Regulator
Series AR
Booster Lube
Series ALB900
Part number.
Port Size
Rated flowrange(Nl/min)
Oil mist
particle size
Amount in
bowl
ALB900-00-14
IN: Rc1/4
OUT: Rc1/2
5000 to 60000
0.3~2 µm
5l
Strainer Series AF30N60-**-X2230
Solenoid valve
Metal seal
Air cylinder
Regulator
Series AR
Air dryer
Solenoid valve
Rubber seal
Booster Lube
ALB900
Air tool
• No pressure loss in main flow.
• Low energy costs.
• Oil consumption only approx. 10%
compared to ordinary lubes.
• Minimal environmental damage.
Ball valve
Bypass lubrication adapter
Ball valve
Main line filter
Series AFF
Regulator
Series AR
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
20
Air Preparation
Silencers
Series AN
Part number
Circuit Symbol
AN203-KM8
AN200-KM8
AN200-KM10
AN300-KM10
AN300-KM12
Ø x height
Noise
(mm)
reduction
For plug
connector
Flow
(mm2)
Ø8
Ø8
Ø10
Ø10
Ø12
14
20
26
30
41
Thread
connection
Effective area
mm2 (Cv)
Noise
reduction
Weight
(g)
M3
M5
Rc(PT)1/8”
Rc(PT)1/8”
1 (0,05)
5 (0.27)
20 (1.1)
35 (19)
13 dB (A)
18 dB (A)
16 dB (A)
21 dB (A)
1
3,3
9,5
20
Noise
reduction
Weight
(g)
20 dB (A)
30 dB (A)
ø16 x 51
ø22 x 78
ø22 x 81
ø25 x 97
ø25 x 98
• Plastic design.
Threaded Silencer
Series AN
Part number
Circuit Symbol
AN120-M3
AN120-M5
AN101-01
AN110-01
• For threads M3•M5•Rc(PT)1/8”.
• Made from sintered bronze.
Standard Silencer
Series AN*00
• For threads 1/4” ~ 2”.
• Noise reduction up to - 30 dBA,
or - 25 dBA.
• Compact design.
Part number
AN103-01
AN203-02
AN200-02
AN300-03
AN400-04
AN500-06
AN600-10
AN700-12
AN800-14
AN900-20
Circuit Symbol
Thread
Effective area
connection R
mm2 (Cv)
1/8”
1/4”
1/4”
3/8”
1/2”
3/4”
1”
1 1/4”
1 1/2”
2”
10 (0.6)
15 (0.8)
35 (1.9)
60 (3.3)
90 (5.0)
160 (8.8)
270 (15)
440 (24)
590 (33)
960 (53)
25 dB (A)
30 dB (A)
1
3
17
25
35
165
225
490
580
820
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
21
1
1
Air Preparation
Plug-in Silencer
Air Preparation
Silencers
High Noise Reduction Silencer
Series ANA1
Air Preparation
1
Part number
Circuit Symbol
ANA1-01
ANA1-02
ANA1-03
ANA1-04
ANA1-06
ANA1-10
ANA1-C08
ANA1-C10
ANA1-C12
Threadconnection
Effective area
(mm2)
R1/8”
R1/4”
R3/8”
R1/2”
R3/4”
R1”
Ø 8 mm
Ø 10 mm
Ø 12 mm
10
15
35
60
90
160
11
15
33
Noise
reduction
Weight
(g)
40 dB (A)
4
14
22
36
110
180
5
13
19
Series ANB1 with larger area and noise level reduction by 38 db (A) on request.
• For thread or one-touch fitting.
• Noise reduction - 40 dBA.
Exhaust Cleaner
Series AMC
• Connection threads R3/8” ~ 2”.
• Combination of filter and silencer.
• Noise reduction 35 dBA.
• Filter separation rate up to 99.9 %.
• Model with female thread available
on request.
Part number
Circuit Symbol
AMC310-03
AMC510-06
AMC610-10
AMC810-14
AMC910-20
Thread
connection R
Max. flow
(l/min)
Noise
Separation
reduction
rate
3/8”
3/4”
1”
1 1/2”
2”
300
1.000
3.000
6.000
10.000
35 dB (A) 99,9% R.D.
Mounting bracket
Series 310
Series 510
Series 610
BE30
BE50
BE60
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
22
Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation
Sensors, Switches
Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation
2
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
23
Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation
Mechanical Style Pressure Switch
Series IS1000
Part number
IS1000-01S-X215
Switch
Port
thread* point MPa
R1/8
0.1 ~ 0.6
Cable
length
Hysteresis
(MPa)
3m
0,08
Voltage
24 AC/DC or less
100V AC/DC
50 mA
20mA
* standard with thread sealant
• N.O. function.
• Compact design (50 x 23 x 15 mm).
• Switch point easily set using screw.
• Displays the chosen
switch point.
Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation
2
Mechanical Style Pressure Switch
Series IS3000
Part number
IS3000-02
IS3100
IS3010-02
IS3110
Port
thread
Switching
point MPa
Hysteresis
MPa
Rc1/4
Gasket piping
Rc1/4
Gasket piping
0.1~0.7
0.1~0.7
0.1~0.7
0.1~0.7
0.05 or less
0.05 or less
0.05 or less
0.05 or less
Min. applicable
load
5 VDC, 160 mA
5 VDC, 1 mA
• Easy electrical wiring (wide space).
• Wide calibration range (0.1 to 0.7 MPa).
• High frequency operation and long
service life:
High frequency: 1 cycle/sec.
Long service life: 10 million cycles.
Electronic Pressure Switch
Series ISE2
Part number
ISE2-01-55CN-Q
ISE2-01-55L-Q
Port Switching
thread pressure
MPa
R1/8
0~0.97
R1/8
0~0.97
Switch output
Hysteresis
Voltage
PNP, with plug*
PNP, 3 m cable
< 3%F.S.
12~24 V DC
NPN options available upon request.
ZS-10-5A-30
Cable with plug
• Small, compact design.
• Minimal switching time - 10 ms max.
• LED switch point display.
• Choose grommet type or plug.
Electronic Vacuum Switch
Series ZSE1
Part number
ZSE1-01-55L-Q
ZSE1-01-55CN-Q
Conection Switching
thread pressure KPa Switch output
R1/8
R1/8
-101 - 0
-101 - 0
PNP, 3 m cable
PNP, with plug*
Hysteresis
Voltage
~1 - 10%
adjustable
12~24 V DC
NPN options available upon request.
ZS-10-5A-30
Cable with plug
• Minimal switching times, 10 ms.
• LED switch point display.
• Grommet type or plug connection.
• Adjustable hysteresis.
• Repeatability ± 3% F.S.
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
24
Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation
Series ZSE30A/ISE30A
Part number
Connection
port
Switch point
ISE30A-01-P-L
ISE30A-01-E-L
ISE30A-01-F-L
Positive Pressure:
–0.1~1.0MPa
ZSE30A-01-P-L
ZSE30A-01-E-L
ZSE30A-01-F-L
Vacuum Pressure
0 ~ –101 KPa
ZSE30AF-01-P-L
ZSE30AF-01-E-L
ZSE30AF-01-F-L
Vacuum + Low Pressure
–100 ~ +100 KPa
Voltage
Switch output
male: R 1/8
female: M5
( also available with Ø
4 or 6 mm
push-in fitting)
PNP
PNP + (1-5 V)
PNP + (4-20 mA)
PNP
PNP + (1-5 V)
PNP + (4-20 mA)
2
12~24 V DC
PNP
PNP + (1-5 V)
PNP + (4-20 mA)
Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation
Adjustable Vacuum and Positive
Pressure Switch with Display
NPN options available upon request.
• 3 styles:
Mounting accessories
ZSE30A: vacuum pressure.
Bracket A
ZSE30AF: compound pressure.
ISE30A: positive pressure.
Bracket B
• Enclosure IP40.
Panel mount adapter
• Large, easy-to-read display.
Lead wire with connector cover (3 cores, for 1 output, 2 m)
• 2 colour (green/red) display.
Lead wire with connector cover (4 cores, for 2 outputs, 2 m)
• Easy operation: 3-step setting and copy
display.
• Analogue output: 4 - 20 mA or 1 - 5 V.
• Switch output: 2 PNP/NPN or 1 PNP/NPN.
• With straight and elbow one-touch fittings.
Adjustable positive Pressure and
Vacuum Switch with Display
Part number*
Series ZSE40•ISE40
ISE40-01-62
(Vacuum)
(Positive Pressure)
Switch point
Connection
port
Male:
R 1/8
Female:
M5
ZSE40F-01-62
Vacuum & Low Pressure: (ø4, 6 on
ZSE40F-01-62L -100.0 ~ +100.0 KPa request)
ISE40-01-62L
Positive Pressure:
-0.1~1.0MPa
ZS-38-A1
ZS-38-A2
ZS-27-C
ZS-38-3G
ZS-38-4G
Switch output
Voltage
1-5V
analogue +
2 x PNP
12~24 V DC
* ZSE40* for vacuum on request
NPN option available upon request
Mounting accessories
High foot
Short foot
• 3 styles:
ZSE40: vacuum,
ISE40: positive pressure
ZSE40F: vacuum & low pressure combination.
• Wide range of programs and accessories.
• Large, easy-to-read display.
• IP65 enclosure.
• Output’s: analogue & 2x NPN or PNP.
• Repeatability ± 2% F.S. ±1 digit.
• Response time 2.5 ms. max.
ZS-24-A
ZS-24-B
Panel adapter
ZS-22-A
Panel adapter with cover
ZS-24-C
ZSE40F
Vacuum
application
ISE40
Work piece location
monitoring
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
25
Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation
2-Colour Display
Digital Pressure Switch
for General Fluids
Series ZSE80/ISE80
Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation
2
Part number
Rated pressure range
ISE80-02-B
ISE80-02L-B
ISE80-F02-B
ISE80H-02-B
ISE80H-02L-B
ZSE80-A2-B
ZSE80-A2L-B
ZSE80F-02-B
ZSE80F-A2-B
Port size
Piping direction
Rear ported
Botton ported
Rear ported
Rear ported
Botton ported
Rear ported
Botton ported
R1/4”
-0.1 to 1 MPa
G1/4”
-0.1 to 2 MPa
R1/4”
0 to -101 kPa
URJ1/4”
-100 to 100 kPa
R1/4”
URJ1/4”
Panel mount
Rear ported
Option
2-Colour Display Type
Digital Pressure Switch
Metal Body Type
Series ISE70/75/75H
(For Air)
(For Fluids)
Bracket
Panel mount
Panel mount + Front
protection cover
Piping
direction
Part number
ZS-24-A
ZS-24-D
ZS-35-A
ZS-35-C
ZS-35-B
ZS-35-F
ZS-35-E
Rear ported
Rear ported
Botton ported
Rear ported
Botton ported
Rear ported
Botton ported
Bracket mount
Bracket
Bracket
Confirmation of the
adsorption of work
pieces containing
moisture
Applications
Confirmation of the supply
pressure of cleaning lines
Part number*
Confirmation of the working
pressure of
a hydraulic
cylinder
Confirmation of the pressure
after a lubricator unit
Switch point Switch output
Voltage
Fixed setting; NPN open collector 1 output (Pin no. 4) +
For Air
PNP open collector 1 output (Pin no. 2)
-0.1~1MPa
ISE70-F02-65
PNP open collector 1 output (Pin no. 4)
Fixed setting; NPN open collector 1 output (Pin no. 4) +
For General Fluids
ISE75-F02-43
PNP open collector 1 output (Pin no. 2)
0.4~10MPa
ISE75-F02-65
PNP open collector 1 output (Pin no. 4)
Fixed setting; NPN open collector 1 output (Pin no. 4) +
ISE75H-F02-43 For General Fluids
PNP open collector 1 output (Pin no. 2)
0.5~15MPa
ISE75H-F02-65
PNP open collector 1 output (Pin no. 4)
ISE70-F02-43
Mounting accessories
Bracket
Lead wire with M12 connector, straight
Lead wire with M12 connector, right-angled
• Metal Body Type (Die-cast aluminum).
• For general fluids:
ISE75 (10MPa); ISE75H (15MPa).
• For Air:
ISE70 (1MPa)
• 2-colour Display (green and red).
• IP67 enclosure, with M12 connector.
• Port Size: G1/4 (ISO1179).
PNP
open collector
2 outputs
Option
Front protection cover
• 4 Rated pressure range: 0.0 to –101.0
kPa; -100.0 to 100.0 kPa; –0.100 to
1.000 MPa; –0.100 to 2.00 MPa.
• Stainless diaphragm (Oil-free Singlelayer diaphragm structure).
Sensor parts: Stainless steel 630
Fitting parts: Stainless steel 304.
• Choice of VCR® or Swagelok® fitting is
available.
• For use with water, hydraulic fluid,
silicon oil, lubricant, fluorocarbon,
argon, ammonia, carbon dioxide,
air-containing drainage and nitrogen.
• IP65/RoHS compliant.
• Outputs: analogue (1-5 V, 4~20 mA),
1/2 x PNP/NPN
Input/Output
ZS-31-A
ZS-31-B
ZS-31-C
For Air
For General Fluids
ISE70 (1MPa)
ISE75 (10MPa)
MPa
MPa
OUT1
DOWN
OUT1
UP
SET
DOWN
UP
SET
Plain
PRESSURE SWITCH
ISE75H (15MPa)
MPa
OUT1
UP
DOWN
SET
Grey
PRESSURE SWITCH
Orange
PRESSURE SWITCH
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
26
12~24
V DC
Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation
Pressure or Vacuum Switch
Series PS1000•1100
Operating pressure Switch point
range MPa
(MPa)
Part number
PS1000-R06L
PS1100-R06L
-0,1 - 1,0
-0,1 - 0,45
-0,1 - 0,40
Contact point
Voltage
Pressure ≥ Switch point: ON 12~24 V DC
Pressure ≤ Switch point: ON
* with 3 m cable
Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation
2
Suction monitoring
• LED switch point display.
• Miniature design.
• For mounting directly to one-touch
fittings.
• Piezo sensor gives long service life.
• Can be plugged straight into a
ø6 mm one-touch fitting.
Pressure control on
actuator
Pressure monitoring Sensor
FRL
Sensor
Sensor
Vacuum
FRL
Controller Unit
Controller Unit for 1 sensor
Series PSE200/300
Part number.
Input
Switch output
PSE303-LC
Voltage
2 x PNP +
analogue 1 to 5V
PSE304-LC
Voltage
2 x PNP +
analogue 4 to 20mA
PSE313-LC
Current
2 x PNP +
analogue 1 to 5V
PSE314-LC
Current
2 x PNP +
analogue 4 to 20mA
• PSE200:
- 4 channels digital pressure
sensor controller.
- Applicable to PSE530/540/560 series.
• PSE300:
- 1 channel digital pressure
sensor controller.
- Applicable to PSE530/540/
550/560 series.
Response time Mounting
1ms
* Panel
mounting
NPN options and auto-shift input available upon request.
DIN rail mounting available upon request.
Including supply cable and sensor connector.
* Accessories
Bracket for PSE300
Panel mount adapter for PSE300
Panel mount adapter +
protective front cover for PSE300
Including 4 sensor connector.
ZS-28-B
ZS-27-C
ZS-27-D
Controller Unit for 4 sensors
Part number
Switch output
Response time
Mounting
PSE201-4C
PNP
80 mA
5 ms
Panel mounting *
* Accessories
Sensor cable with plug
Protective cover for PSE201
Panel mounting adapter for PSE201
Sensor connector
ZS-26-F
ZS-26-01
ZS-26-B
ZS-28-C
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
27
Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation
Vacuum and Positive Pressure Sensor
Series PSE530
Part number
Connection thread
Pressure range
Output signal
M5
0~1MPa
0 ~ -101 KPa
0 ~ 101 KPa
-101 ~ 101 KPa
Analogue 1
~5V
PSE530-M5
PSE531-M5
PSE532-M5
PSE533-M5
2
Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation
Measuring sensor for compressed air
• Sensor and controller separate.
• IP40.
• Simple electr. connection using plug.
• Controller unit: PSE200/PSE300
Micro Vacuum and Pressure Sensor
Series PSE540
PSE540
• 2 styles:
PSE541: Vacuum pressure (0 ~ -101KPa)
PSE543: Compound pressure (-100 ~ 101KPa)
• Micro design, e.g. 9.6 x 20.8 x 18 mm.
• Minimal weight, e.g. 1.9 g.
• 1 ms response time.
• 2 colour display determined by
switching status.
• 2 switch outputs and analogue output.
• Controller unit: PSE200/PSE300
(7 different connection types PSE300)
Pressure Sensor for
General Purpose Fluids
Series PSE560
Compressed Air Micro Sensor
Part number
Connection type
PSE541-M3
PSE541-M5
PSE541-01
PSE541-R04
PSE541-R06
PSE541-IM5
PSE541-IM5H
PSE543-M3
PSE543-M5
PSE543-01
PSE543-R04
PSE543-R06
PSE543-IM5
PSE543-IM5H
M3 male
M5 male
Low Pressure
male R1/8, female M5
and Vacuum:
Ø 4 mm one-touch fitting
0 ~ -101 KPa
Ø 6 mm one-touch fitting
M5 female thread
M5 female, with mounting holes
M3 male
M5 male
Low Pressure
male R1/8, female M5
and Vacuum:
Ø 4 mm one-touch fitting
Ø 6 mm one-touch fitting
-100 ~ +100 KPa
M5 female thread
M5 female, with mounting holes
Pressure range
Output signal
Analogue 1 ~ 5 V
Compressed Air Micro Sensor
Part number
PSE560PSE560PSE561PSE561PSE563PSE563PSE564PSE564-
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
-28
-28
-28
-28
Output signal
Pressure range
Positive pressure (0 to 1 MPa)
Positive pressure (0 to 1 MPa)
Vacuum (0 to -101 kPa)
Vacuum (0 to -101 kPa)
Compound pressure (-100 to 100 kPa)
Compound pressure (-100 to 100 kPa)
Positive pressure (0 to 500 kPa)
Positive pressure (0 to 500 kPa)
Voltage output type 1 to 5 V
Current output type 4 to 20mA
Voltage output type 1 to 5 V
Current output type 4 to 20mA
Voltage output type 1 to 5 V
Current output type 4 to 20mA
Voltage output type 1 to 5 V
Current output type 4 to 20mA
* Port Size
Part
01 number.
R 1/8 (with M5 female thread)
02
• IP65.
• Weeted material SUS316L.
• Copper-free.
• Oil-free (single diaphragm).
• Controller unit: PSE200/PSE300
R 1/4 (with M5 female thread)
Part
N01 number.
NPT 1/8 (with M5 female thread)
Part
C01 number.
Rc 1/8
N02
A2
URJ 1/4
B2
TSJ 1/4
NPT 1/4 (with M5 female thread)
7ASHINGLINE
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
28
Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation
Low Differential Pressure Sensor
Part number
Output specifications
PSE550
Voltage output
type 1 to 5V
PSE550-28
Current output
type 4 to 20mA
Pressure
range
Output signal
Analogue output 1 to 5VDC
(within rated differential pressure range)
Output impedance: Approx. 1kΩ
–50 to 50kPa
Analogue output 4 to 20mADC
Note1)
(within rated differential pressure range)
Allowable load impedance:
500Ω or less (at 24VDC)
100Ω or less (at 12VDC)
Note) Can detect differential pressure from 0 to 2kPa within the range of –50 to 50kPa.
• Rated differential pressure range:
0 to 2kPa.
• Accuracy: ±1% F.S.
• Proof pressure: 65kPa.
• Analog output: 4 to 20mA DC,
1 to 5VDC.
• Controller Unit: PSE300
Flow
control
Can control air flow by monitoring the flow rate
inside the duct.
Mounting accessories
Bracket
Connector for PSE300
Filter clogging
monitoring
Can control filtration and replacement periods
by monitoring the clogging of the filter.
ZS-30-A
ZS-28-C
Liquid level
detection
Can detect the liquid level through changes in
the purge pressure.
Air Catch Sensor
Series ISA2
To check the work piece position
on the reference plane
Position check of metal mold
• Stable detection of 0.01 to 0.5mm clearance.
• Plug connectors (Centralised wiring).
• Modular construction,
(Requires less man hours to wire).
• Repetition accuracy 0.01mm or less.
• Minimum operating pressure 30 kPa (ISA2-G).
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
29
2
Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation
Series PSE550
Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation
Digital Flow Switch
Series PF2A/PF2W
Fluid
Dry
air, N2
2
Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation
Digital flow switch for air or water, integrated display type
Air
• Either for air or water.
• Simple, LED display readout.
• Either integrated or remote
combination of sensor and display.
• Key pad for simple adjustments.
• 2 independent outputs/switch points.
• No mechallicaly moving parts,
so longer service life.
Application examples
Water
PF2A710-F01-67N
PF2A710-F02-67N
PF2A750-F01-67N
PF2A750-F02-67N
PF2A711-F03-67N
PF2A721-F03-67N
PF2A751-F04-67N
PF2A703H-F10-69N
PF2A706H-F14-69N
PF2A712H-F20-69N
PF2W704-F03-67N
PF2W720-F03-67N
PF2W720-F04-67N
PF2W740-F04-67N
PF2W740-F06-67N
PF2W711-F06-67N
PF2W711-F10-67N
Flow rate Min. set unit Switch
l/min
l/min
outputs*
1 ~ 10
1 ~ 10
5 ~ 50
5 ~ 50
10 ~ 100
20 ~ 200
50 ~ 500
150 ~ 3000
300 ~ 6000
600 ~ 12000
0.5 ~ 4
0,05
2 ~ 16
0,1
5 ~ 40
0,5
10 ~ 100
1,0
Supply
voltage
0.1
0.5
1
2
5
5
10
2 x PNP
80 mA
12 - 24
VDC
Operating pressure range MPa
-50 kPa ~
0.5 MPa
-50 kPa ~
0.75 MPa
1 x PNP
80 mA
Analogue:
4 ~ 20 mA
24VDC
0.1 ~ 1.5
2 x PNP
80 mA
12 - 24
VDC
0 ~ 1.0
NPN on request
Digital flow switch for air or water, remote type sensor unit
Fluid
Monitoring an N2 flow
Dry
air, N2
Temperature control
Waterflow control for
cooling ding guns
Part number
Water
Part number
PF2A510-F01N
PF2A510-F02N
PF2A550-F01N
PF2A550-F02N
PF2A511-F03N
PF2A521-F03N
PF2A551-F04N
PF2A301-A
PF2A311-A
PF2W504-F03N
PF2W520-F03N
PF2W520-F04N
PF2W540-F04N
PF2W540-F06N
PF2W511-F06N
PF2W511-F10N
PF2W301-A
PF2W331-A
Flow rate
l/min
Type
Switch
outputs*
1 ~ 10
1 ~ 10
5 ~ 50
5 ~ 50 Measuring
–
sensor
10 ~ 100
20 ~ 200
50 ~ 500
1 ~ 50
Display 2 x PNP, 80 mA
10 ~ 500
0.5 ~ 4
Supply
voltage
Operating pressure range MPa
-50 kPa ~
0.5 MPa
12 - 24
VDC
-50 kPa ~
0.75 MPa
–
2 ~ 16
5 ~ 40
Measuring
sensor
–
Display
2 x PNP
80 mA
0 ~ 1.0MPa
12 - 24
VDC
10 ~ 100
0.5 ~ 40
10 ~ 100
–
NPN on request
Accessory Cable/plug with ferrite core
S traight
P398010-12
Elbow
P398010-13
Digital Flow Switch for Deionised
Water & Chemicals
Series PF2D
Body and Sensor:
New PFA
Tube:
A single controller can
monitor the flow rate of
4 different sensors.
Super PFA
• Dust generation of 3 particles/cc or less
(average number).
• Karman vortex eliminates moving parts
and allows low dust generation.
• Swept flow characteristics
Tapered side seal minimizes dead volume
to reduce accumulation of liquid pool.
Three type of flow range:
0.4 ~ 4 l/min (PF2D504)
1.8 ~ 20 l/min (PF2D520)
4.0 ~ 40 l/min (PF2D540)
1 sensor Display unit
Series PF2D30
4-channel Flow Monitor
Series PF2D200
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
30
Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation
2-Colour Display Flow Switch
Applications
Series PFM
Control of metal wire tension
Models compatible with argon (Ar) and
carbon dioxide (CO2) mixed gas are
available. Refer to page 37 for details.
Welder
• Accumulated indication shows the
operating flow rate or residual amount
(of N2 etc.) in a gas cylinder.
2
Detection
camera
Suction check
Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation
• Flow control of
N2 gas to
prevent lead
frame oxidation.
• N2 blow
prevents
distortion of
camera image
due to air
turbulence.
• For air, N2, Ar and CO2
• A digital flow switch that uses MEMS
sensor for detecting the flow
• Compact size
• Improved visibility with two colour display
indication
• Two piping directions are possible
• Integrated flow adjustment valve
• Multiple mounting combinations
Integrated type
Remote type
Flow rate
Dry air, N2, Ar
Part number
PFM710
PFM725
PFM750
PFM711
*
*
*
*
*
- **
- **
- **
- **
- ***
- ***
- ***
- ***
Supply
voltage
Flow rate
CO2
Operating
Pressure
Range
0.2 to 10 l/min 0.2 to 5 l/min
0.5 to 25 l/min 0.5 to 12.5 l/min
24 V DC -100 kPa to
1 to 50 l/min
1 to 25 l/min
750 kPa
2 to 100 l/min
2 to 50 l/min
Without flow adjustment valve
With flow adjustment valve
2
** Port size (straight piping)
Description
Symbol
F01
F02
C4
C6
C8
G1/8
G1/4
ø4 one-touch fitting
ø6 one-touch fitting
ø8 one-touch fitting
*
*
*
*
- **
- **
- **
- **
-
2
2
2
2
Supply
voltage
Operating
Pressure
Range
0.2 to 10 l/min 0.2 to 5 l/min
0.5 to 25 l/min 0.5 to 12.5 l/min
24 V DC -100 kPa to
1 to 50 l/min
1 to 25 l/min
750 kPa
2 to 100 l/min
2 to 50 l/min
Analogue output (4 to 20 mA)
Accesories
Flow rate range
10 25 50 11
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
ZS-33-D
ZS-33-F
•
•
•
•
•
ZS-33-M
ZS-33-MS
ZS-33-J
ZS-33-JS
*** PFM7 - Output specification
B
E
F
PFM510
PFM525
PFM550
PFM511
Flow rate
CO2
PFM5 - Output specification
Flow adjustment valve
S
Flow rate
Dry air, N2, Ar
Part number
2 PNP outputs
1 PNP output + Analogue (1 to 5 V)
1 PNP output + Analogue (4 to 20 mA)
ZS-33-R*
Lead wire with connector (2 m)
Lead wire with connector (2 m) + rubber cover
for connector
Bracket (for “without adjustment flow valve”)
Bracket (for “with adjustment flow valve”)
Panel mount adapter
(for “without adjustment flow valve”)
Panel mount adapter
(for “with adjustment flow valve”)
DIN rail mounting bracket
*=number of stations (1 to 5)
Flow sensor monitor
Part number Input specification
PFM313-LF
PFM314-LF
Current input
Output specification
Note
2 PNP + 1 to 5 V outputs
2 PNP + 4 to 20 mA outputs
With power and sensor
connectors included
Accesories
ZS-28-B
ZS-27-C
ZS-27-D
Bracket
Panel mount adapter
Panel mount adapter + front protective cover
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
31
Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation
Ionizer
Ionizer
Series IZS31
Part-Number
IZS31-300P
IZS31-380P
IZS31-620P
IZS31-780P
IZS31-1100P
IZS31-1260P
IZS31-1500P
IZS31-1900P
IZS31-2300P
300
380
620
780
1100
1260
1500
1900
2300
Bracket (order
separately)
Sensor
2 x end bracket
Tungsten
(Standard)
PNP
2 x end bracket
1 x centre bracket
2 x end bracket
2 x centre bracket
Without
feedback /
autobalance
sensor
NPN output available upon request
Accesories
Part-Number
• Three ion emission modes: sensing DC,
pulsed DC or DC modes.
• Maximum 60 Hz ion generation
frequency.
• Two types of compact sensors are
available: Autobalance sensor and
Feedback sensor.
• Aerodynamic cross section.
• Air purge function for even faster static
electricity elimination.
• Three types of needle material: Tungsten
(standard), silicon and stainless steel.
• Replaceable electrode needles.
• Dirt detection.
Description
IZS31-CP
IZS31-CPZ
IZS31-NT
IZS31-NC
IZS31-NS
IZS31-BE
IZS31-BM
Power supply cable (3 m)
Power supply cable (10 m)
Electrode cartridge (Tungsten)
Electrode cartridge (Monocrystal silicon)
Electrode cartridge (Stainless Steel)
End bracket
Centre bracket
Part-Number
Option - Electrode cartridge security cover
Description
IZS31-E3
IZS31-E4
IZS31-E5
IZS30-M1
IZS30-M2
3 fixed electrode cartridges
4 fixed electrode cartridges
5 fixed electrode cartridges
Screw driver for ion balance adjustment trimmer
Electrode needle cleaning kit
Aplications
Sensors
Part-Number
Abbau statischer
Eliminating
staticElektrizit
Elektrizität
electricity
t anonPET-Flaschen
PET bottles
Description
IZS31-DF
IZS31-DG
• Trip-resistance during conveying.
• Prevents adhesion of dust.
Feedback sensor
Autobalance sensor
Auto-balance sensor
Automatic ion balancing
by means of a signal input
Abbau statischer Elektrizität
Eliminating
Elektrizit
statict an
electricity
formgepresstenon
Objekten
film
Ion balance value (V)
50
• Prevents adhesion of dust.
• Prevents winding failure due to wrinkles, etc.
Ionizer
25
0
Adjusts ion balance
near the workpiece.
Time
–25
–50
Abbau statischer static
Eliminating
Elektrizität
Elektrizitelectricity
t beim Transport
onvon
molded
Halbleiterscheiben
goods
• Improves detachability of mold goods from a die.
Feedback sensor
Charged voltage on workpiece [kV]
Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation
2
Bar lengElectrode
Output
th (mm) needle material
3
With sensor
2
Without sensor
1
Ionizer
0
Feedback sensor
PLC
+200 V
Abbau statischer
Eliminating
static electricity
Elektrizit
Elektrizität
on tanauf
electric
Leiterplatten
substrate
• Prevents element disruption due to discharge.
• Prevents adhesion of dust.
–1
Without sensor
–2
With sensor
–3
Charged object
1
2
3
4
Time [sec]
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
32
Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation
Electrostatic Sensor
Series IZD10
Part-Number
IZD10-110
IZD10-510
Potential measurement
Output voltage
± 0.4 kV
± 20 kV
1 to 5 V
1 to 5 V
Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation
2
• Potential measurement:
± 20 kV (detected at a 50 mm distance)
± 0.4 kV (detected at a 25 mm distance)
• Detects the electrostatic potential and
outputs an analogue voltage.
• Small and easy to mount.
Electrostatic Sensor
Series IZE11
Part-Number
Connector cable for
Connector for
power supply/output sensor connection
Input / Output
IZE112-LC
2 x PNP open collector +
Analogue output 1-5 V
Yes
Yes
IZE113-LC
2 x PNP open collector +
Analogue output 4-20 mA
Yes
Yes
Option
Part-Number
• Output: switch output x 2 + Analogue
output (1 to 5 V, 4 to 20 mA).
• 2-colour display (red and green).
• Display accuracy: ±0.5% F.S. ±1 digit or
less.
• Detection distance correction function
(adjustable in 1 mm increments).
• Supports two types of sensors.
• Connection by connector:
Connector for power supply / output.
e-con connector: connector to sensor.
ZS-28-A
ZS-28-B
ZS-28-C
ZS-27-C
ZS-27-D
Description
Connector cable for power supply/output (2 m)
Bracket
Connector for sensor connection
Panel mount adapter
Panel mount adapter + Front protective cover
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
33
Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation
Electro-Pneumatic Positioner
Series IP8000/8100
Model
IP8000
IP8100
Type
Function
Lever type feedback Single/double action
Rotary type
Single/double action
Suply air
pressure (MPa)
Stroke
0.14 - 0.7
0.14 - 0.7
10 - 85 mm
60º - 100º
Sensors, Switches, Instrumentation
2
• Vibration resistance: No resonances 5 to
200 Hz
• Dust resistance: Conforms to JIS F8007
IP65
• Opening current transmission (4 to 20
mA DC)
• 100 mm in height
• ATEX intrinsically safe explosion
protection type construction is available.
II 2 G EEx ib IIC T5…T6
Smart Positioner (Rotary Type)
Series IP8101
• HART transmission mode available
• ATEX intrinsically safe explosion
protection construction
II 1G EExia CT4 Ta 80°C
II 1D T 83°C Ta 80°C
• Supply air pressure: 0.3 to 0.7 MPa
• Applicable actuator rotation angle: 60 to
100°
• Dust resistance: Conforms to JIS F8007
IP65
• Calibration function integrated - The
zero / span adjustment is performed
automatically
• Dual wire input
• Monitor output and software alarm
• Variety of parameter setting functions
and displayable control condition
• Interchangeable mounting with IP8100
Part-Number
ATEX compliant
IP8101-032-H-Q
IP8101-033-H-Q
No
52-IP8101-034-H-M
Yes
Specifications
With output (alarm + analogue outputs)
With HART transmision mode
Intrinsically safe explosion protection constr.
+ Output + HART transmission mode
Accesory
Part-Number
Fork lever assembly M
Fork lever assembly S
P368010-24
P368010-25
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
34
Solenoid Valves
Solenoid Valves
Solenoid Valves
3
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
35
Solenoid Valves
2 Port Solenoid Valves,
Air Pilot Type
Part number*
Solenoid Valve
Series VQ20/30
VQ21A1-5YO-C6-Q
VQ31A1-5YO-C10-Q
Switch
Port
frequency (mm)
Flow
l/min
Operating
pressure range
ø6
ø 10
395
785
0.01 ~ 0.6 MPa
0.01 ~ 0.5 MPa
100 Hz
30 Hz
Circuit
Symbol
Valves for manifold mounting upon request
*for 24 V DC, other voltages upon request
Sub-plate for single valve
VQ20
VQ30
AXT835-13A
AXT837-13A
Solenoid Valves
3
• Compact, light design with
superior flow capacity.
• Response time below 5 ms
(depends on type).
• With built-in one-touch fittings.
• Long service life, over 20 million
switching cycles.
Solenoid Valve
A 3 Port, Directly Operated
Type of
actuation
Series VQ100
3 N.C.
Part number
Solenoid Valve
VQ110-5LO-Q
VQ110-5MO-Q
Voltage
Mounting
24V DC
on aluminum
manifold
• 3 port solenoid valve, micro design.
• Service life of over 200 million switching
cycles.
• Optional N.C., N.O. function.
• Low power consumption 1.0 W (0.5 W
option).
• Port size M5.
• Base manifold with multi-pin plug connection
and ready-wired solenoid valves.
• Indicator light and surge voltage suppressor
integrated in the connector body.
Flow
l/min
0 - 0,8
15,7
on modular
manifold
VQ110-5F-Q
Accessories
AXT662-1-1
VV3Q12-02
VV3Q12-04
VV3Q12-06
VV3Q12-08
VV3Q12-10
VV3Q12-12
VVQ100-10A-2
VV3Q11-02CUO-X55
VV3Q11-04CUO-X55
VV3Q11-06CUO-X55
VV3Q11-08CUO-X55
VV3Q11-10CUO-X55
VV3Q11-12CUO-X55
VVQ100-10A-1
AXT802-1A
Operating
pressure
range MPa
Circuit Symbol
Sub-plate for LO/MO valves
Manifold for 2 valves, M5 port
Manifold for 4 valves, M5 port
Manifold for 6 valves, M5 port
Manifold for 8 valves, M5 port
Manifold for 10 valves, M5 port
Manifold for 12 valves, M5 port
Blanking plate e.g. for 3, 5, 7, 9, 11 valves
Modular manifold, plug-in type for 2 valves
Modular manifold, plug-in type for 4 valves
Modular manifold, plug-in type for 6 valves
Modular manifold, plug-in type for 8 valves
Modular manifold, plug-in type for 10 valves
Modular manifold, plug-in type for 12 valves
Blanking plate
DIN rail mounting set
Accessory Plug connector with cable
2m
0.6 m
3m
AXT661-14AN-6 AXT661-14AN-20 AXT661-14AN-30
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
36
Solenoid Valves
3 Port Solenoid Valve
Series V100
Type of
actuation
3 port
N.C.
Part number
Solenoid Valve
V114-5LOU
V114-5MOU
V114-5G
Operating
pressure
range
Voltage
Electry Entry
Flow
l/min (Cv)
L Plug Connector
8.4 l/min
M
24V DC 0 ~ 0.7Mpa Plug Connector (0.008)
Grommet
Circuit Symbol
2
1 3
N.O. and other voltages upon request
Type of
actuation
3 Port Solenoid Valve
Air Pilot Type
Series SYJ300
3 port
N.O.
V124-5LOU
V124-5MOU
V124-5G
Operating
pressure
range
Voltage
Electry Entry
Flow
l/min (Cv)
L Plug Connector
17 l/min
0
~
0.7Mpa
M
Plug Connector
24V DC
(0.015)
Grommet
Circuit Symbol
2
3
1 3
N.O. and other voltages upon request
Accessories
V100-74-1
VV100-S41-02-M5
VV100-S41-03-M5
VV100-S41-04-M5
VV100-S41-05-M5
VV100-S41-06-M5
VV100-S41-08-M5
VV100-S41-10-M5
VV100-S41-12-M5
VV100-S41-14-M5
VV100-S41-16-M5
VV100-S41-18-M5
VV100-S41-20-M5
V100-77-1A
Type of
actuation
3 port
N.C.
Part number
Solenoid Valve
Solenoid Valves
• Power consumption 0.4W. With
power saving circuit 0.1W.
• Coil temperature rises: only 1°C
(with power saving circuit).
• Indicator light/surge voltage
supressor integrated in the
connector body.
• Valve width 10.5mm.
Part number
Solenoid Valve
Sub-plate with M5 thread
Manifold for 2 valves. M5 port
Manifold for 3 valves. M5 port
Manifold for 4 valves. M5 port
Manifold for 5 valves. M5 port
Manifold for 6 valves. M5 port
Manifold for 8 valves. M5 port
Manifold for 10 valves. M5 port
Manifold for 12 valves. M5 port
Manifold for 14 valves. M5 port
Manifold for 16 valves. M5 port
Manifold for 18 valves. M5 port
Manifold for 20 valves. M5 port
Blanking plate
Voltage
Mounting
Operating
pressure
range
Flow
Circuit Symbol
Nl/min (Cv)
SYJ314M-5LOU-Q
24V DC to manifold 0.15 ~ 0.7Mpa
98
SYJ314M-5G-Q
(A)
2
1 3
Body ported style and other voltages upon request
• Micro design.
• Plate valve style.
• N.C. ( N.O. upon request).
• Power consumption 0.55 W with LED.
• Manual override non-locking
style as standard.
• Minimum service life of 50 million
switching cycles.
Accessory Manifold
SS3YJ3-S42-03-M5F-Q
SS3YJ3-S42-04-M5F-Q
SS3YJ3-S42-05-M5F-Q
SS3YJ3-S42-06-M5F-Q
SS3YJ3-S42-07-M5F-Q
SS3YJ3-S42-08-M5F-Q
SYJ300-9-1-Q
SYJ300-10-2A-Q
Manifold for 3 valves, M5 port
Manifold for 4 valves, M5 port
Manifold for 5 valves, M5 port
Manifold for 6 valves, M5 port
Manifold for 7 valves, M5 port
Manifold for 8 valves, M5 port
Sub-plate
Blanking plate
Accessory Plug connector with cable
Cable L= 0.6 m
Cable L= 1 m
Without cover
With cover
SY100-30-4A-6
SY100-68-A-6
SY100-30-4A-10
SY100-68-A-10
Cable L= 2 m
Cable L= 3 m
SY100-30-4A-20 SY100-30-4A-30
SY100-68-A-20
SY100-68-A-30
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
37
Solenoid Valves
3 Port Solenoid Valve
Directly Operated
Type of
actuation
Part number
Solenoid Valve
Voltage
3/2
N.O.
N.C.
EVT307-5DO-01F-Q
EVT307-5DO-02F-Q
EVT307-4DO-01F-Q
EVT307-4DO-02F-Q
VO307-5DO-Q
VO307-4DO-Q
EVT317-5DO-02F-Q
EVT317-4DO-02F-Q
EVT325-035F5DO-Q
24V DC
24V DC
220V AC
220V AC
24V DC
220V AC
24V DC
220V AC
24V DC
Series VT•VO307/317
Solenoid Valves
3
• 3 port (also 2 port) in standard design,
for valve functions N.C., N.O.
• Port size G 1/8”, G 1/4”.
• Optional sub-plate or manifold.
• Optional model for vacuum (95%).
• Connector with enclosure IP65,
also with light and surge voltage
suppressor.
• Solenoid coils for direct or alternating
current available.
3 Port Solenoid Valves
Air Pilot Type
Series EVP300/500/700
• For superior flow capacity.
• Port size G 1/4”, G 3/8”, G 1/2”.
• Body ported type.
• Simple conversion to functions N.C. or
N.O.
• Pilot-operated poppet valve for
superior flow.
• Pilot air model for vacuum.
Mounting
Operating
pressure range
body ported
single valve
Flow
Port Size
l/min
Standard:
0 ~ 0.9 MPa
EVT307V,
EVT317V,
on manifold
VO307V,
VO317V:
body ported
-0.1 ~ 0.1 MPa
single valve
0 ~ 0.1 MPa
206
687
1374
Accessory • Manifold for VO307
DXT152-25-1A
Mounting bracket
Manifold for 2 valves. G1/8 port
EVV307-01-022-01F-F
Manifold for 3 valves. G1/8 port
EVV307-01-032-01F-F
Manifold for 4 valves. G1/8 port
EVV307-01-042-01F-F
Manifold for 6 valves. G1/8 port
EVV307-01-062-01F-F
Manifold for 8 valves. G1/8 port
EVV307-01-082-01F-F
Manifold for 10 valves. G1/8 port
EVV307-01-102-01F-F
DXT060-51-13A
Blanking plate
Type Part number
of act. Solenoid Valve
EVP342-4YB-02FA-Q
EVP342-5YB-02FA-Q
EVP342R-5YB-02FA-Q
3/2 EVP542-4YB-03FA-Q
N.C. EVP542-5YB-03FA-Q
N.O. EVP542R-5YB-03FA-Q
EVP742-4YB-04FA-Q
EVP742-5YB-04FA-Q
EVP742R-5YB-04FA-Q
Model for
VACUUM Applications
Voltage
220V AC
24V DC
24V DC
220V AC
24V DC
24V DC
220V AC
24V DC
24V DC
Port
G 1/4”
Operating
pressure range
0.2 ~ 0.8 MPa
Flow
l/min
980
-0.1 ~ 0.8 MPa
G 3/8”
0.2 ~ 0.8 MPa
2260
-0.1 ~ 0.8 MPa
G 1/2”
0.2 ~ 0.8 MPa
3920
-0.1 ~ 0.8 MPa
Circuit Symbol
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
38
G 1/8”
G 1/4”
G 1/8”
G 1/4”
G 1/4”
G 1/4”
G 3/8”
Solenoid Valves
Operating
Type
Part number
pressure
of act. Solenoid Valve range MPa
Series SJ2000•3000
4 Port
single
4 Port
double
• 3 port (also 2 port) in standard
design, for valve functions N.C., N.O.
• Card-edge type connector.
• High space saving: 7.5/10 mm
width.
• Power savings: 0.15 W consumption
(SJ3000 with power saving circuit).
• Power supply shut-off switch for
discharge of each valve individually.
• SJ2000/SJ3000 can be mounted
together.
• Ø2 One-touch fitting connection
possible.
• Manifold serial wiring variations:
EX180 DeviceNet compliant (16, 32
outputs), EX180 CC-Link compliant
(32 outputs).
• Manifold parallel wiring variations:
D-sub connecter), flat ribbon cable
(10/20/26 pins).
• A maximum of 32 solenoids per
manifold.
• Easy attach/detach of the SI unit and
wiring by the connector.
• Easy in maintenance.
SJ2160-5CU-C2
SJ3160-5CU-C2
SJ2160-5CU-C4
SJ3160-5CU-C4 0.15 ~ 0.7
SJ3160-5CU-C6
SJ2160-5CU-M3
SJ3160-5CU-M5
SJ2260-5CU-C2
SJ3260-5CU-C2
SJ2260-5CU-C4
SJ3260-5CU-C4 0.1 ~ 0.7
SJ3260-5CU-C6
SJ2260-5CU-M3
SJ3260-5CU-M5
Flow Port Size Port Size
Voltage
l/min
A/B
P/E
40
40
77
99
125
54
100
38
41
83
105
128
51
105
Circuits Symbols
Ø2
(A) (B)
42
Ø4
Ø8
24 VDC
Ø6
M3
M5
513
(EA)(P) (EB)
Ø2
(A) (B)
42
Ø4
Ø8
24 VDC
Ø6
M3
M5
513
(EA) (P) (EB)
Other types of actuation, voltages, plug connectors and port sizes available on request
Solenoid variations
Part number
SJ2160-5CU-C2
SJ260-5CU-C2
SJ2160R-5CU-C2
SJ2160K-5CU-C2
SJ2160T-5CU-C2
SJ2160-5MU-C2
SJ2160-5MNU-C2
SJ2160-5MOU-C2
SJ2160-5CZ-C2
SJ2160-5CUJ-C2
SJ2160-5CUD-C2
Description
SJ2000 valve with light/surge voltage suppresser standard (non-polar) only;
and with no power saving, individual wiring, shut-off switch.
1: 2 position single solenoid 2: 2 position double solenoid 3: 3 position closed center
4: 3 position exhaust center 5: 3 position pressure center A: dual 3 port valve N.C./N.C.
B: dual 3 port valve N.O./N.O. C: dual 3 port valve N.C./N.O.
SJ2000 valve with external pilot
SJ2000 valve with built-in back pressure check valve
SJ2000 valve with power saving circuit
SJ2000 valve with individual wiring (connector and 300 mm length wiring cable)
SJ2000 valve with individual wiring (connector without wiring cable)
SJ2000 valve with individual wiring (no connector, no wiring cable)
SJ2000 valve with light/surge voltage suppresser and individual wiring
SJ2000 valve with shut-off switch for individual disconnection
SJ2000 valve with manual override locking switch
Modular Manifold SJ2000, SJ3000
No.
1
2
3
4
5
U side
6
Description
Part number
Internal pilot
Internal pilot / built-in silencer
SUP/EXH External pilot
block
External pilot / built-in silencer
assembly For different pressure, internal pilot
For different pressure, internal pilot
/ built-in silencer
End block assembly
DIN rail
For D-sub connector
Connector For flat ribbon cable 26 pins
block
For flat ribbon cable 16 pins
assembly
For flat ribbon cable 10 pins
For serial wiring
DeviceNet, 32 points
Serial
DeviceNet, 32 points
Interface
DeviceNet, 16 points
unit
DeviceNet, 16 points
SUP/EXH block disk assembly
Notes
C6: Ø6 straight
C8: Ø8 straight
L6: Ø6 elbow upward entry
L8: Ø8 elbow upward entry
B6: Ø6 elbow downward entry
L8: Ø8 elbow downward entry
SJ3000-50-3AS-
(All one-touch fitting)
SJ3000-53-1A
: number of stations
VZ1000-11-1-
SJ3000-42-1A-
: 1 connector upward
SJ3000-42-2A-
: 2 connector lateral
SJ3000-42-3A-
SJ3000-42-4A-
SJ3000-42-5A
T-branch type
EX180 -SDN1
Straight type
EX180 -SDN1A
T-branch type
EX180 -SDN2
Straight type
EX180 -SDN2A
SJ3000-44-1A
SJ3000-50-1A-
SJ3000-50-1AS-
SJ3000-50-1AR-
SJ3000-50-1ARS-
SJ3000-50-3A-
Manifold variations
SUP block disk assembly
EXH block disk assembly
Part number
Description
w
q
t
e
D side
r
SS5J2-60S0-U
*
SS5J3-60S0-U
*
SS5J3-M60S0- U
*
SS5J2-60FD1-U
*
SS5J2-60PD1-U
*
SS5J2-60PGD1-U
*
SS5J2-60PHD1-U
*
SS5J2-60SQ-U
*
SS5J2-60SQ1-U
*
Without Serial Interface unit, SJ2000 * stations
Without Serial Interface unit, SJ3000 * stations
Without SI unit, SJ2000/SJ3000 mixed * stations
D-sub connector, SJ2000 * stations
Flat ribbon cable, 26 pins, SJ2000 * stations
Flat ribbon cable, 20 pins, SJ2000 * stations
Flat ribbon cable, 10 pins, SJ2000 * stations
EX180 DeviceNet, 32 points, SJ2000 * stations
EX180 DeviceNet, 16 points, SJ2000 * stations
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
39
3
Solenoid Valves
4 Port Solenoid Valves, Cassette Type
Connecter Type Manifold
Solenoid Valves
7 mm Width
Compact Pilot Type
5 Port Solenoid Valve
Type
of act.
Series
Plug-in type
Series S0700
Plug lead type
2 position
Single
2 position
Double
Plug-in type
Plug lead type
Plug-in type
4 position
Plug lead type
Plug-in type
Plug lead type
3
Plug-in type
4 position
4 position
S0710R-5
S0715-5G
S0715R-5G
S0715-6G
S0715-5M
S0715-5MO
S0715-5G-M5
Flow
l/min
Voltage
S0710-5
0.2~0.7
105
24 VDC
S0715-5
0.2~0.7
105
24 VDC
S0720-5
0.2~0.7
105
24 VDC
S0725-5
0.2~0.7
105
24 VDC
S07A0-5
0.2~0.7
90
24 VDC
Circuit
Symbols
(A) (B)
4 2
5 1 3
(R1) (P) (R2)
(A) (B)
4 2
5 1 3
(R1) (P) (R2)
4
(A)
5
(R1)
0.2~0.7
90
24 VDC
S07B0-5
3 Port
N.O.+N.O. S07B5-5
0.2~0.7
90
24 VDC
4
(A)
0.2~0.7
90
24 VDC
5
(R1)
S07B0-5
3 Port
N.C.+N.O. S07B5-5
0.2~0.7
90
24 VDC
4
(A)
24 VDC
5
(R1)
0.2~0.7
90
2
(B)
1
(P)
3
(R2)
2
(B)
1
(P)
3
(R2)
2
(B)
1
(P)
3
(R2)
Description
Base mounted plug-in, 24 VDC valve with external pilot
Plug lead, 24 VDC valve with grommet electrical entry and without sub-plate
Plug lead, 24 VDC valve with external pilot and grommet electrical entry
Plug lead, 12 VDC valve with grommet electrical entry
Plug lead, 24 VDC valve with M plug connector for electrical entry
Plug lead, 24 VDC valve with M plug connector (without lead wire) for electrical entry
Plug lead, 24 VDC valve with grommet electrical entry and sub-plate
Manifold specifications
Part no.
Type
Plug-in
• Compact design with high flow capacity.
• Power consumption: 0.1W (with power
savin circuit).
• Applicable to Serial Wiring Gateway
Type.
• 2 Types of manifold pitch are selectable
(Plug lead type): 8.5 mm pitch with onetouch fittings; 7.5 mm pitch: with barb
fittings.
Operating
pressure range
(MPa)
S07A5-5
Solenoid variations
Part no.
Single
unit Plug-lead
Solenoid Valves
Plug lead type
3 Port
N.C.+N.C.
Part no.
SS0750- * C4SDA1N
SS0750- * C4SDA2N
SS0750- * C4SDNN첸
SS0750- * C4SD0첸
SS0750- * C4FD1
SS0750- * C4PD2
SS0750- * C4JD0
SS0750- * C4TD0
SS0750- * C4LD0
SS0750- * C4MD3
SS0755- * C4C
SS0755-SAN * C4
SS0755- * V2C
S0725-5G
S07C5-5M-M5
Description
S kit: Serial trasmission (EX500), Remote I/O (RIO)
S kit: Serial trasmission (EX500), Ethernet/IP, DeviceNet, Profibus
S kit: Serial trasmission (EX250), PROFIBUS DP
S kit: Serial trasmission (EX250), without serial unit
F kit: D-Sub conector (25P) with 1.5 m cable
P kit: Flat ribbon cable (26P) with 3.0 m cable
J kit: PC wiring compatible flat ribbon cable (20P)
T kit: Terminal block
L kit: Lead wire, with 0.6 m cable
M kit: Circulat connector (26P), with 5.0 m cable
C kit: Lead wire, 8.5 manifold pitch
S kit: Serial transmission (EX510)
C kit: Lead wire, 7.5 manifold pitch
Connector kit: 2 position double, grommet, without sub-plate
connector kit: 4 position dual 3 port type (NC+NO), with lead wire,
with sub-plate
* : number of stations
S kit
Serial
Transmission
EX500
EX510
F kit
D-sub
Connector
P kit
Flat Ribbon
Cable
M kit
Circular
Connector
C kit
Lead Wire
EX250
J kit
PC Wiring System
Compatible Flat
Ribbon Cable
0
EX50
series
6
7
14
15
0
1
8
9
T kit
Terminal
Block
L kit
Lead Wire
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
40
Solenoid Valves
Series SYJ3000
Type
of act.
Switching Operating
pressure
function range (MPa)
5
SYJ3143-5LOU-Q single
0.15 ~ 0.7
5
SYJ3243-5LOU-Q double
0.1 ~ 0.7
5
SYJ3343-5LOU-Q Closed
center
SYJ3443-5LOU-Q Exhaust
center
SYJ3543-5LOU-Q Pressure
center
5
5
• Micro design.
• Common exhaust for pilot and main
valve.
• Low power consumption 0.35 W.
• Minimum service life of 50 million
switching cycles.
• Manual override non-locking
type as standard.
• Minimal switching times of only 15 ms.
Part number
Solenoid Valve
Flow
l/min
Mounting
Voltage
Circuit
Symbols
to
24V DC
manifold
98
0.2 ~ 0.7
3
Accessory • Manifold
SYJ3000-22-1-Q
SS5YJ3-S41-02-M5F-Q
SS5YJ3-S41-03-M5F-Q
SS5YJ3-S41-04-M5F-Q
SS5YJ3-S41-05-M5F-Q
SS5YJ3-S41-06-M5F-Q
SS5YJ3-S41-08-M5F-Q
SS5YJ3-S41-10-M5F-Q
SS5YJ3-S41-12-M5F-Q
SYJ3000-21-2A-Q
Sub-plate. M5x0.8 port
Manifold for 2 valves. M5 port
Manifold for 3 valves. M5 port
Manifold for 4 valves. M5 port
Manifold for 5 valves. M5 port
Manifold for 6 valves. M5 port
Manifold for 8 valves. M5 port
Manifold for 10 valves. Port M5
Manifold for 12 valves. Port M5
Blanking plate
Accessory Plug connection with cable
Cable L= 0.6 m
Cable L= 1 m
Without cover
With cover
Solenoid Valves
5 Port Solenoid Valve
SY100-30-4A-6
SY100-68-A-6
SY100-30-4A-10
SY100-68-A-10
Cable L= 2 m
Cable L= 3 m
SY100-30-4A-20 SY100-30-4A-30
SY100-68-A-20
SY100-68-A-30
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
41
Solenoid Valves
5 Port Solenoid Valves
Body Ported
Type
of act.
Series SY3000•5000
SY7000•9000
SY3120-5LOU-C6-Q
SY5120-5LOU-C6-Q
SY5120-5YO-C6-Q
5
SY7120-5LOU-C8F-Q
Single
SY7120-5YO-C8F-Q
SY9120-5LOU-C10F-Q
SY9120-5YO-C10F-Q
SY3220-5LOU-C6-Q
SY5220-5LOU-C6-Q
SY5220-5YO-C6-Q
5
SY7220-5LOU-C8F-Q
Double
SY7220-5YO-C8F-Q
SY9220-5LOU-C10F-Q
SY9220-5YO-C10F-Q
Solenoid Valves
3
• Superior service life - at least 50m.
switching cycles.
• Pilot air model available.
• Body ported type.
• With changeable fittings set for port A
and B.
• Low power consumption 0.35 W with
24 V DC.
• Can be directly controlled by SPS.
• 10 ms response time.
• Plug combinations: 2 pin plug model
with light/surge voltage suppressor
integrated into plug body (miswiring
protection) DIN connector for IP65
(only with valve sizes 5000/7000/9000).
Accessory • Replacement fittings
SY000-6A3
5
7
9
3000
5000
7000
9000
SY 3000 5000 7000 9000
M5
•
C4
•
C6
•
•
01F
•
C8
•
•
•
C10
•
•
02F
•
•
03F
•
C12
•
Flow
l/min
Part number
Solenoid Valve
SY3320-5LOU-C6-Q
SY5320-5LOU-C6-Q
SY5320-5YO-C6-Q
5
Closed SY7320-5LOU-C8F-Q
center
SY7320-5YO-C8F-Q
SY9320-5LOU-C10F-Q
SY9320-5YO-C10F-Q
SY3420-5LOU-C6-Q
SY5420-5LOU-C6-Q
SY5420-5YO-C6-Q
5
Exhaust SY7420-5LOU-C8F-Q
center
SY7420-5YO-C8F-Q
SY9420-5LOU-C10F-Q
SY9420-5YO-C10F-Q
196
500
For electr. Port Size
entry
A/B
at 24 V DC
2 pin plug
connector
0.15 ~ 0.7
760
196
2 pin plug
connector
491
760
2 pin plug connector
DIN plug connector
DIN plug connector
196
2 pin plug
connector
395
G 1/4”
M5
Ø 6 mm
G 1/8”
Ø 8 mm P: G 1/4”,
R: G 1/8”
Ø 10 mm
2 pin plug connector
DIN plug connector
G 1/4”
M5
Ø 6 mm
DIN plug connector
0.2 ~ 0.7
G 1/8”
Ø 8 mm P: G 1/4”,
R: G 1/8”
2 pin plug connector
1676
DIN plug connector
206
2 pin plug
connector
402
Ø 10 mm
2 pin plug connector
DIN plug connector
G 1/4”
M5
Ø 6 mm
DIN plug connector
0.2 ~ 0.7
G 1/8”
Ø 8 mm P: G 1/4”,
R: G 1/8”
2 pin plug connector
1637
DIN plug connector
2 pin plug
connector
Ø 10 mm
2 pin plug connector
DIN plug connector
G 1/4”
M5
Ø 6 mm
DIN plug connector
0.2 ~ 0.7
G 1/8”
Ø 8 mm P: G 1/4”,
R: G 1/8”
2 pin plug connector
DIN plug connector
Ø 10 mm
G 1/4”
Manifold for 2 valves. Port size **
Manifold for 3 valves. Port size **
Manifold for 4 valves. Port size **
Manifold for 5 valves. Port size **
Manifold for 6 valves. Port size **
Manifold for 7 valves. Port size **
Manifold for 8 valves. Port size **
Manifold for 9 valves. Port size **
Manifold for 10 valves. Port size **
Manifold for 11 valves. Port size **
Manifold for 12 valves. Port size **
Blanking plate with screws and gasket for SY3000
Blanking plate with screws and gasket for SY5/7/9000
Mounting plate for a valve, side
* 20 for SY3000
20 for SY5000
20 for SY7000
23 for SY9000
Port size **
Accessory Plug connector with cable
Cable L= 0.6 m
Cable L= 1 m
Without cover
With cover
Ø 10 mm
2 pin plug connector
1700
Accessory • Manifold
SS5Y--02-00F-Q
*
SS5Y--03-00F-Q
*
SS5Y--04-00F-Q
*
SS5Y--05-00F-Q
*
SS5Y--06-00F-Q
*
SS5Y--07-00F-Q
*
SS5Y--08-00F-Q
*
SS5Y--09-00F-Q
*
SS5Y--10-00F-Q
*
SS5Y--11-00F-Q
*
SS5Y--12-00F-Q
*
SY3000-26-19A-Q
SY000-26-1A-Q
SX000-16-1A
Ø 8 mm P: G 1/4”,
R: G 1/8”
DIN plug connector
0.1 ~ 0.7
609
G 1/8”
2 pin plug connector
DIN plug connector
630
Circuit
Symbols
Port
P/R
M5
Ø 6 mm
DIN plug connector
2 pin plug connector
DIN plug connector
1700
SY3520-5LOU-C6-Q
206
SY5520-5LOU-C6-Q
402
SY5520-5YO-C6-Q
5
Pressure SY7520-5LOU-C8F-Q
center
609
SY7520-5YO-C8F-Q
SY9520-5LOU-C10F-Q 1760
SY9520-5YO-C10F-Q
3 for SY3000
5 for SY5000
7 for SY7000
9 for SY9000
Operating
pressure range
MPa
SY100-30-4A-6
SY100-68-A-6
SY100-30-4A-10
SY100-68-A-10
for SY3000: G 1/8”
for SY5000: G 1/4”
for SY7000: G 1/4”
for SY9000: G 3/8’’
Cable L= 2 m
Cable L= 3 m
SY100-30-4A-20 SY100-30-4A-30
SY100-68-A-20
SY100-68-A-30
Accessory • DIN connector
With indicator light and Without indicator light
24VDC protective circuit without protective circuit
SY100-82-3-05
SY100-82-1
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
42
Solenoid Valves
Type of
actuation
Part number
Solenoid Valve
Flow
l/min
255
5 port
Single
SY3140-5LOU-Q
SY5140-5LOU-Q
SY5140-5YO-Q
SY7140-5LOU-Q
SY7140-5YO-Q
SY9140-5LOU-Q
SY9140-5YO-Q
Series
SY3000•5000•7000•9000
5 port
Double
• Body design for base mounting.
• Low power consumption 0.35 W with
24 V DC.
• Can be directly controlled by PLC.
• Minimal response time of only 10 ms.
• 2 pin miniature socket protects
against miswiring.
• Long service life of at least 50 million
switching cycles.
5 port
Closed
center
5 port
Exhaust
center
U Side
r
w
5 port
Pressure
center
Operating
pressure
range (MPa)
0.15 ~ 0.7
DIN plug connection
2 pin socket
2200
DIN plug connection
255
2 pin socket
687
0.1 ~ 0.7
3
DIN plug connection
2 pin socket
2200
DIN plug connection
255
2 pin socket
422
0.2 ~ 0.7
DIN plug connection
2 pin socket
900
DIN plug connection
2 pin socket
2160
DIN plug connection
255
2 pin plug
422
0.2 ~ 0.7
DIN plug connection
2 pin plug
900
DIN plug connection
2 pin plug
2050
SY3540-5LOU-Q
SY5540-5LOU-Q
SY5540-5YO-Q
SY7540-5LOU-Q
SY7540-5YO-Q
SY9540-5LOU-Q
SY9540-5YO-Q
DIN plug connection
2 pin socket
900
SY3440-5LOU-Q
SY5440-5LOU-Q
SY5440-5YO-Q
SY7440-5LOU-Q
SY7440-5YO-Q
SY9440-5LOU-Q
SY9440-5YO-Q
DIN plug connection
2 pin socket
900
SY3340-5LOU-Q
SY5340-5LOU-Q
SY5340-5YO-Q
SY7340-5LOU-Q
SY7340-5YO-Q
SY9340-5LOU-Q
SY9340-5YO-Q
Circuit
Symbols
2 pin socket
687
SY3240-5LOU-Q
SY5240-5LOU-Q
SY5240-5YO-Q
SY7240-5LOU-Q
SY7240-5YO-Q
SY9240-5LOU-Q
SY9240-5YO-Q
For electr.
entry
at 24 V DC
Solenoid Valves
5 Port Solenoid Valves,
Manifold type, plug lead type
DIN plug connection
255
2 pin plug
422
0.2 ~ 0.7
DIN plug connection
2 pin plug
900
DIN plug connection
3120
2 pin plug
DIN plug connection
Other voltages, plug connectors and port sizes available on request
q
Modular manifold SY3000, SY5000
No.
w
e
DIN rail fixing screw
D side
Item
SY3000
Manifold
1 block ass’y
SX3000-50-1A-C4-Q
SX3000-50-1A-C6-Q
2
3
4
5
5
7
Ø 4 mm
Ø 6 mm
Ø 8 mm
SUP./EXH. block ass’y
End block ass’y D side
End block ass’y U side
DIN rail
Blanking plate
Replacement Ø 4 mm
Ø 6 mm
fitting
Ø 8 mm
SX3000-51-1A
SX3000-52-1A
SX3000-53-1A
VZ1000-11-1-
SX3000-75-1A-Q
VVQ1000-50A-C4
VVQ1000-50A-C6
SY5000
SX5000-50-1A-C6-Q
SX5000-50-1A-C8-Q
SX5000-51-1A
SX5000-52-1A-Q
SX5000-53-1A-Q
SX5000-76-1A-Q
VVQ1000-51A-C6
VVQ1000-51A-C8
Accessory • Manifold - Aluminum
SS5Y-42-02Manifold for 2 valves
*
** -Q
SS5Y-42-04Manifold for 4 valves
*
** -Q
** -Q
SS5Y-42-06Manifold for 6 valves
*
SS5Y-42-08Manifold for 8 valves
** -Q
*
SS5Y-42-10Manifold for 10 valves
** -Q
*
SS5Y-42-12Manifold for 12 valves
** -Q
*
SY3000-26-9A-Q
Blanking plate with gasket and screws for SY3000
SY5000-26-20A-Q
Blanking plate with gasket and screws for SY5000
SY7000-26-22A-Q
Blanking plate with gasket and screws for SY7000
SY9000-26-2A-Q
Blanking plate with gasket and screws for SY9000
Accessory • DIN plug connector
with indicator light and without indicator light
24VDC protective circuit without protective circuit
SY100-82-3-05
SY100-82-1
Accessory plug connector with cable
Cable L= 0.6 m
Cable L= 1 m
Without cover
With cover
SY100-30-4A-6
SY100-68-A-6
SY100-30-4A-10
SY100-68-A-10
Cable L= 2 m
* 3 for SY3000
* 5 for SY5000
* 7 for SY7000
**
**
**
C6 for SY3000
C8F for SY5000
C10F for SY7000
Cable L= 3 m
SY100-30-4A-20 SY100-30-4A-30
SY100-68-A-20
SY100-68-A-30
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
43
Solenoid Valves
Solenoid Valves
5 port, cassette type
Type
of
actuation
Series SY3060•5060•7060
SY3160-5LOU-C6-Q
SY3160-5MOU-C6-Q
5 SY5160-5LOU-C6-Q
Single SY5160-5MOU-C6-Q
SY7160-5LOU-C8-Q
SY7160-5MOU-C8-Q
SY3260-5LOU-C6-Q
SY3260-5MOU-C6-Q
5 SY5260-5LOU-C6-Q
Double SY5260-5MOU-C6-Q
SY7260-5LOU-C8-Q
SY7260-5MOU-C8-Q
3
Solenoid Valves
Part number
Solenoid Valve
• Valve block easy to expand
and disassemble.
• Reduced cost through a combination
of valve and manifold.
• Valve width 10/15/18 mm.
• Minimal weight means it can be
mounted directly to the consumer.
• 0.35 W power consumption.
• Can be directly controlled by PLC.
• 10 ms response time.
• New gasket provides superior
consensate resistance.
• Manual override non-locking type as
standard.
• Replacement fittings mean cylinder
ports are easy to change.
• Minimum operating life of 50 million
switching cycles.
• Common exhaust type pilot air, individual
SUP/EXH block assembly, SUP/EXH
passage block.
• Modern design.
D side
SY3360-5LOU-C6-Q
SY3360-5MOU-C6-Q
5 SY5360-5LOU-C6-Q
Closed SY5360-5MOU-C6-Q
center
SY7360-5LOU-C8-Q
SY7360-5MOU-C8-Q
SY3460-5LOU-C6-Q
SY3460-5MOU-C6-Q
5 SY5460-5LOU-C6-Q
Exhaust SY5460-5MOU-C6-Q
center
SY7460-5LOU-C8-Q
SY7460-5MOU-C8-Q
SY3560-5LOU-C6-Q
SY3560-5MOU-C6-Q
5
SY5560-5LOU-C6-Q
Pressure
center SY5560-5MOU-C6-Q
SY7560-5LOU-C8-Q
SY7560-5MOU-C8-Q
Flow
l/min
Operating
For electr. Port Size
pressure range
entry
A/B
at 24 V DC
MPa
196
Ø 6 mm
Circuit
Symbols
Voltage
24V DC
441
0.15 ~ 0.7
other
Ø 8 mm voltages
upon
request
980
196
441
0.1 ~ 0.7
LOU: bipolar
2 pin plug connector
with indicator light Ø 6 mm
and LED
lead wire entry
direction to side
24V DC
980
other
Ø 8 mm voltages
upon
request
196
Ø 6 mm
24V DC
441
0.2 ~ 0.7
980
196
MOU: bipolar
Ø 8 mm
2 pin plug connector
with indicator light
and LED
lead wire entry
direction ABOVE Ø 6 mm
other
voltages
upon
request
24V DC
441
0.2 ~ 0.7
other
Ø 8 mm voltages
upon
request
980
YO:
DIN plug connector
Ø 6 mm
upon request
196
24V DC
441
0.2 ~ 0.7
other
Ø 8 mm voltages
upon
request
980
Other voltages, plug connectors and port sizes available on request
Modular manifold
No.
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Valves
Supply station
End plate D side
End plate U side
Bushing assembly
Aluminium DIN rail
Additional SUP block assy
Additional EXH block assy
SUP/EXH blocking disc
Silencer for EXH channel
SY5000
SY7000
see table above
SY5000-55-1A-Q
SY5000-56-1A-Q
SY5000-56-1B-Q
SY5000-52-3A
VZ1000-11-1-
SY5000-54-1C-Q
SY5000-55-1B-Q
SY5000-52-4A
AN300-KM10
SY7000-75-1A-Q
SY7000-56-1A-Q
SY7000-56-1A-Q
SY7000-70-1A
VZ1000-11-1-
SY7000-54-1C-Q
SY7000-55-1B-Q
SY7000-70-2A
AN300-KM12
SY3000
SY3000-55-1A-Q
SY3000-56-1A-Q
SY3000-56-1B-Q
SY3000-52-5A
VZ1000-11-1-
SY3000-54-1C-Q
SY3000-55-1B-Q
SY3000-52-6A
AN203-KM8
DIN rail fixing screw
SY000-6A3
5
7
U Side
Accessory Replacement fittings
Accessory Plug connector with cable
(LOU, MOU)
Cable L= 0.6 m
Cable L= 1 m
Without cover
With cover
SY100-30-4A-6
SY100-68-A-6
SY100-30-4A-10
SY100-68-A-10
3000
5000
7000
SY 3000 5000 7000
M5
C4
C6
01F
C8
C10
02F
•
•
•
Cable L= 2 m
•
•
•
Cable L= 3 m
SY100-30-4A-20 SY100-30-4A-30
SY100-68-A-20
SY100-68-A-30
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
44
•
•
•
Solenoid Valves
Type of
actuation
Series SY3000•5000
5 port
Single
• Easily installed, internally wired to
D-sub connector and field bus.
• Valves easily assembled/
disassembled.
• Small, compact design.
• Push-in fittings standard.
• Minimal, 10 ms. response times.
• Low power consumption, 0.35 W.
• Superior service life - at least
50 million switching cycles.
Part number
Solenoid Valve
Operating
Number of
pressure range stations occupied
Flow
l/min
255
SY3140-5FU-Q
1
24V DC
0.15 ~ 0.7 MPa
SY5140-5FU-Q
687
5 port
Double
SY3245-5FU-Q
255
SY5245-5FU-Q
687
5 port
Closed
center
SY3345-5FU-Q
255
SY5345-5FU-Q
422
5 port
Exhaust
center
SY3445-5FU-Q
255
1
2
24V DC
0.1 ~ 0.7 MPa
2
2
24V DC
0.2 ~ 0.7 MPa
3
2
2
24V DC
0.2 ~ 0.7 MPa
SY5445-5FU-Q
422
SY3545-5FU-Q
5 port
Pressure
center SY5545-5FU-Q
255
Voltage
Solenoid Valves
Solenoid Valves
5 port, manifold type
2
2
0.2 ~ 0.7 MPa
422
24V DC
2
Other voltages, plug connectors and port sizes available on request
Modular manifold
Item
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Ø 4 mm
Ø 6 mm
Ø 8 mm
SUP./EXH. block ass’y
End block ass’y D side
End block ass’y U side
D sub, SY
Electr.
manifold
Blanking plate
Manifold
block ass’y
Ø 4 mm
Replacement Ø 6 mm
fitting
Ø 8 mm
8 DIN rail
9 Silencer
For manifold Part no. and specification, please
contact SMC or consult SMC catalogue
SY•SX3000
SX3000-50-20A-C4
SX3000-50-20A-C6
SX3000-51-2A
SX3000-52-2A-Q
SX3000-53-2A-Q
SY3000-65-1NA-
(negative com.)
SX3000-75-2A-Q
VVQ1000-50A-C4
VVQ1000-50A-C6
VZ1000-11-1-
AN203-KM8
SY•SX5000
SX5000-50-20A-C6
SX5000-50-20A-C8
SX5000-51-2A
SX5000-52-2A-Q
SX5000-53-2A-Q
SY5000-65-1NA-
(negative com.)
SX5000-76-2A-Q
VVQ1000-51A-C6
VVQ1000-51A-C8
AN300-KM10
** Length in mm
U Side
r
D sub
SY: 06
* for 6 coils
10 for 10 coils
15 for 15 coils
20 for 20 coils
w
D sub
SX: 6
* for 6 valves
10 for 10 valves
Field bus upon request
SY
q
q
t
Mainfold release
button
e
Plug connection
Cover
for cable
channel
A
D side
DIN rail fixing screw
Accessory • D sub connector with cable
L= 5 m
L= 3 m
GVVZS3000-21A-2
GVVZS3000-21A-3
L= 8 m
GVVZS3000-21A-4
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
45
Solenoid Valves
Solenoid Valves 4 position
dual 3 port, 5 port, base type
Type of Part number
actuation Solenoid Valve
Flow
l/min
SV1100-5FU
SV2100-5FU
SV3100-5FU
SV4100-5FU
SV1200-5FU
SV2200-5FU
SV3200-5FU
SV4200-5FU
SV1300-5FU
SV2300-5FU
SV3300-5FU
SV4300-5FU
SV1400-5FU
SV2400-5FU
SV3400-5FU
SV4400-5FU
SV1500-5FU
SV2500-5FU
SV3500-5FU
SV4500-5FU
SV1A00-5FU
SV2A00-5FU
280
570
1080
1580
280
570
1080
1580
270
334
653
1472
280
352
653
1380
383
705
1138
2204
230
470
SV1B00-5FU
SV2B00-5FU
SV1C00-5FU
SV2C00-5FU
Series SV1000•4000
5 port
Single
5 port
Double
Solenoid Valves
3
5 port
Closed
center
• Internal wiring.
• Easy to install.
• Valves easily assembled/
disassembled.
• Small, compact design.
• Push-in fittings standard.
• Minimal, 10 ms. response times.
• Low power consumption, 0.6 W.
• Superior service life - at least
50 millon switching cycles.
5 port
Exhaust
center
5 port
Pressure
center
4 pos. dual
3 port
NC/NC
4 pos. dual
3 port
NO/NO
4 pos. dual
3 port
NC/NO
Operating pressure
range (MPa)
Voltage
0.15 ~ 0.7
24V DC
0.1 ~ 0.7
24V DC
0.2 ~ 0.7
24V DC
0.2 ~ 0.7
24V DC
0.2 ~ 0.7
24V DC
0.15 ~ 0.7
24V DC
230
470
0.15 ~ 0.7
24V DC
230
470
0.15 ~ 0.7
24V DC
Manifold for field bus upon request
For manifold Part no. and specification, please
contact SMC or consult SMC catalogue.
Accessory • Replacement fittings for A/B
SV1000
SV2000
One-touch fitting
Ø 3.2 mm
Ø 4 mm
Ø 6 mm
Ø 8 mm
Ø 10 mm
Ø 12 mm
D sub connector
SV4000
Manifold • D sub connector
Manifold for 2 stations. Port ø **
SS5V * -10FD1-02B-C **
Manifold for 3 stations. Port ø **
SS5V * -10FD1-03B-C **
Manifold for 4 stations. Port ø **
SS5V * -10FD1-04B-C **
Manifold for 5 stations. Port ø **
SS5V * -10FD1-05B-C **
Manifold for 6 stations. Port ø **
SS5V * -10FD1-06B-C **
Manifold for 7 stations. Port ø **
SS5V * -10FD1-07B-C **
Manifold for 8 stations. Port ø **
SS5V * -10FD1-08B-C **
Manifold for 9 stations. Port ø **
SS5V * -10FD1-09B-C **
Manifold for 10 stations. Port ø **
SS5V * -10FD1-10B-C **
Manifold for 11 stations. Port ø **
SS5V * -10FD1-11B-C **
Manifold for 12 stations. Port ø **
SS5V * -10FD1-12B-C **
6
for
SV1000:
Ø
6 mm with A/B
1
for
SV1000
*
**
Circular plug
2 for SV2000
3 for SV3000
4 for SV4000
Accessory • D sub connector with cable
L= 5 m
L= 3 m
GVVZS3000-21A-2
SV3000
VVQ1000-50A-C3
VVQ1000-50A-C4
VVQ1000-50A-C6 VVQ1000-51A-C6 VVQ2000-51A-C6
VVQ1000-51A-C8 VVQ2000-51A-C8 VVQ4000-50B-C8
VVQ2000-51A-C10 VVQ4000-50B-C10
VVQ4000-50B-C12
GVVZS3000-21A-3
Accessory • Circular plug with cable
Cable L= 1.5 m
L= 3 m
L= 8 m
GVVZS3000-21A-4
L= 5 m
GAXT100-MC26-015 GAXT100-MC26-030 GAXT100-MC26-050
Accessory • Field bus, see Field bus component p.
3-17
8 for SV2000: Ø 8 mm with A/B
8 for SV3000: Ø 8 mm with A/B
10 for SV4000: Ø 10 mm with A/B
Manifold • Circular plug IP65
Manifold for 2 stations. Port ø **
SS5V * -W10CD-02B-C **
Manifold for 3 stations. Port ø **
SS5V * -W10CD-03B-C **
Manifold for 4 stations. Port ø **
SS5V * -W10CD-04B-C **
Manifold for 5 stations. Port ø **
SS5V * -W10CD-05B-C **
Manifold for 6 stations. Port ø **
SS5V * -W10CD-06B-C **
Manifold for 7 stations. Port ø **
SS5V * -W10CD-07B-C **
Manifold for 8 stations. Port ø **
SS5V * -W10CD-08B-C **
Manifold for 9 stations. Port ø **
SS5V * -W10CD-09B-C **
Manifold for 10 stations. Port ø **
SS5V * -W10CD-10B-C **
Manifold for 11 stations. Port ø **
SS5V * -W10CD-11B-C **
Manifold for 12 stations. Port ø **
SS5V * -W10CD-12B-C **
* 1 for SV1000
** 6 for SV1000: Ø 6 mm with A/B
8 for SV2000: Ø 8 mm with A/B
2 for SV2000
3 for SV3000
8 for SV3000: Ø 8 mm with A/B
4 for SV4000
10 for SV4000: Ø 10 mm with A/B
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
46
Solenoid Valves
Flow
l/min
Operating pressure
range (MPa)
Voltage
177 (Metal seal)
245 (Rubber seal)
638 (Metal seal)
805 (Rubber seal)
0.1 ~ 0.7
0.15 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
0.15 ~ 0.7
24V DC
177 (Metal seal)
245 (Rubber seal)
638 (Metal seal)
805 (Rubber seal)
0.18 ~ 0.7
0.18 ~ 0.7
0.18 ~ 0.7
0.18 ~ 0.7
24V DC
157 (Metal seal)
177 (Rubber seal)
442 (Metal seal)
490 (Rubber seal)
0.1 ~ 0.7
0.2 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
0.2 ~ 0.7
24V DC
177 (Metal seal)
245 (Rubber seal)
638 (Metal seal)
687 (Rubber seal)
0.1 ~ 0.7
0.2 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
0.2 ~ 0.7
24V DC
157 (Metal seal)
177 (Rubber seal)
442 (Metal seal)
490 (Rubber seal)
0.1 ~ 0.7
0.2 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
0.2 ~ 0.7
24V DC
177 (Rubber seal)
490 (Rubber seal)
177 (Rubber seal)
490 (Rubber seal)
0.15 ~ 0.7
0.15 ~ 0.7
0.15 ~ 0.7
0.15 ~ 0.7
177 (Rubber seal)
490 (Rubber seal)
0.15 ~ 0.7
0.15 ~ 0.7
Type of Part number
actuation Solenoid Valve
Series SQ1000•2000
2 Position
single
2 Position
double
3 Position
closed
centre
• Stacking manifold.
• Manifold mounted type.
• Easy replacement of clip type
One-touch fittings.
• Built-in back pressure check valve.
• Connector entry Direction can be
changed with a single push.
• Unprecedented high speed response
and long service life.
3 Position
exhaust
centre
3 Position
pressure
centre
Dual 3 port
valve
N.C.
Dual 3 port
valve
N.O.
Dual 3 port
valve
N.C.+N.O.
SQ1130-5- *
SQ1131-5- *
SQ2130-5- *
SQ2131-5- *
SQ1230-5- *
SQ1231-5- *
SQ2230-5- *
SQ2231-5- *
SQ1330-5- *
SQ1331-5- *
SQ2330-5- *
SQ2331-5- *
SQ1430-5- *
SQ1431-5- *
SQ2430-5- *
SQ2431-5- *
SQ1530-5- *
SQ1531-5- *
SQ2530-5- *
SQ2531-5- *
SQ1A31-5- *
SQ2A31-5- *
SQ1B31-5- *
SQ2B31-5- *
SQ1C31-5- *
SQ2C31-5- *
3
Solenoid Valves
5 Port Solenoid Valve,
Metal seal / Rubber seal
24V DC
24V DC
24V DC
* A,B port:
C3 One touch fitting for ø3.2 Only for SQ1000
C4 One touch fitting for ø4
C6 One touch fitting for ø6
C8 One touch fitting for ø8 Only for SQ2000
M5 M5 thread
Only for SQ1000
• How to order Manifold
• ** Electrical entry:
SS5Q13 - * ** -D
SS5Q23 - * ** -D
F kit
•
* Stations:
1 station
01
:
:
16 16 stations
Lead wire
connector
entry
direction
Kit description
U side
D side
D-sub
connector kit
P kit
Flat ribbon cable connector kit
(
26P
20P
)
FD0
FD1
FD2
FD3
PD0
PD1
PD2
PD3
PDC
Cable specification
D-sub connector (25P) kit, without cable
D side
D-sub connector (25P) kit, with 1.5m cable
D-sub connector (25P) kit, with 3.0m cable
D-sub connector (25P) kit, with 5.0m cable
Flat ribbon cable (26P) kit, without cable
Note 1)
D side
Flat ribbon cable (26P) kit, with 1.5m cable
Flat ribbon cable (26P) kit, with 3.0m cable
Flat ribbon cable (26P) kit, with 5.0m cable
Flat ribbon cable (20P) kit, without cable
J kit
JD0
D side
LD0
LU0
LD1
LU1
LD2
LU2
SDF
SDH
SDJ1
SDJ2
SDQ
SDR1
SDR2
SDV
D side
Flat ribbon
cable (20P)
(PC Wiring System compatible)
L kit
Lead wire kit
S kit
Serial transmission kit
U side
D side
U side
D side
U side
Flat ribbon cable (20P)
PC Wiring System compatible
Lead wire kit, with 0.6m cable
Lead wire kit, with 1.5m cable
Lead wire kit, with 3.0m cable
NKE Corporation: Uni-wire System compatible
NKE Corporation: Uni-wire H System compatible
SUNX Corporation: S-LINK System (16 outputs) compatible
D side
SUNX Corporation: S-LINK System (8 outputs) compatible
DeviceNet, OMRON Corporation: CompoBus/D compatible
OMRON Corporation: CompoBus/S (16 outputs) compatible
OMRON Corporation: CompoBus/S (8 outputs) compatible
Mitsubishi Electric Corporation: CC-LINK System compatible
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
47
Solenoid Valves
Solenoid Valves
4 position dual 3 port, 5 port
manifold with connector
Type of Part number
actuation Solenoid Valve
Series
VQC1000•2000•4000
2 Position
single
2 Position
double
Solenoid Valves
3
Connector
• Excellent response times.
• Long service life.
• Compact design and superior flow rate.
• One-touch fitting can be changed with a
single push.
3 Position
closed
centre
3 Position
exhaust
centre
3 Position
pressure
centre
Serial transmission
EX250
Dual 3 port
valve
N.C.
Dual 3 port
valve
N.O.
Dual 3 port
valve
N.C.+N.O.
SI-unit for I/O
(Profibus, Devicenet,
CANopen, AS.i, etc.)
Flow
l/min
Operating pressure Utisable cylinder
range (MPa)
bore size (mm)
VQC1101N-5
VQC1100N-5
VQC2101N-5
VQC2100N-5
VQC4101N-5
VQC4100N-5
206 (Rubber seal)
157 (Metal seal)
540 (Rubber seal)
451 (Metal seal)
2061 (Rubber seal)
1472 (Metal seal)
0.15 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
0.15 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
0.2 ~ 1.0
0.15 ~ 1.0
VQC1201N-5
VQC1200N-5
VQC2201N-5
VQC2200N-5
VQC4201N-5
VQC4200N-5
206 (Rubber seal)
157 (Metal seal)
540 (Rubber seal)
451 (Metal seal)
2061 (Rubber seal)
1472 (Metal seal)
0.1 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
0.15 ~ 1.0
0.15 ~ 1.0
VQC1301N-5
VQC1300N-5
VQC2301N-5
VQC2300N-5
VQC4301N-5
VQC4300N-5
157 (Rubber seal)
157 (Metal seal)
481 (Rubber seal)
451 (Metal seal)
1865 (Rubber seal)
1472 (Metal seal)
0.2 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
0.2 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
0.2 ~ 1.0
0.15 ~ 1.0
VQC1401N-5
VQC1400N-5
VQC2401N-5
VQC2400N-5
VQC4401N-5
VQC4400N-5
157 (Rubber seal)
157 (Metal seal)
481 (Rubber seal)
451 (Metal seal)
1865 (Rubber seal)
1472 (Metal seal)
0.2 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
0.2 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
0.2 ~ 1.0
0.15 ~ 1.0
VQC1501N-5
VQC1500N-5
VQC2501N-5
VQC2500N-5
VQC4501N-5
VQC4500N-5
206 (Rubber seal)
157 (Metal seal)
785 (Rubber seal)
559 (Metal seal)
1865 (Rubber seal)
1865 (Metal seal)
0.2 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
0.2 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
0.2 ~ 1.0
0.15 ~ 1.0
VQC1A01N-5
VQC2A01N-5
VQC1B01N-5
VQC2B01N-5
157 (Rubber seal)
451 (Rubber seal)
157 (Rubber seal)
451 (Rubber seal)
0.15 ~ 0.7
0.15 ~ 0.7
0.15 ~ 0.7
0.15 ~ 0.7
up to ø50 mm.
up to ø80 mm.
VQC1C01N-5
VQC2C01N-5
157 (Rubber seal)
451 (Rubber seal)
0.15 ~ 0.7
0.15 ~ 0.7
up to ø50 mm.
up to ø80 mm.
up to ø50 mm.
up to ø80 mm.
up to ø160 mm.
up to ø50 mm.
up to ø80 mm.
up to ø160 mm.
up to ø50 mm.
up to ø80 mm.
up to ø160 mm.
up to ø50 mm.
up to ø80 mm.
up to ø160 mm.
up to ø50 mm.
up to ø80 mm.
up to ø160 mm.
up to ø50 mm.
up to ø80 mm.
Input blocks
How to Order Manifold
VV5QC 1 1 08 C6 FD0
1
2
4
Valve size
Kit designation/Electrical entry
VQC1000
VQC2000
VQC4000
FD0 D-sub connector (25-pin)
MD0 Multipole connector (26-pin)
SD0 For serial unit EX250 (note 1) (note 2)
Stations
01
1 station
12
12 station
Note 1) SI units and input blocks ordered
separetly, see table 1.
Note 2) With SDO needed always 1 endplate
EX250-EA1.
For others contact local SMC.
Port size
Port size
C4
C6
C8
C10
C12
02
03
With ø4 One-touch fitting
With ø6 One-touch fitting
With ø8 One-touch fitting
With ø10 One-touch fitting
With ø12 One-touch fitting
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/8
VQC1000 VQC2000
VQC4000
Table 1
EX250-SPR1
EX250-SDN1
EX250-SCA1A
EX250-SAS3
EX250-SAS5
EX250-SCN1
EX250-SEN1
EX250-IE1
EX250-IE2
EX250-IE3
EX250-EA1
Profibus SI-unit
DeviceNet SI-unit
CANopen SI-unit
AS-i SI-unit (8 input/8 output)
AS-i SI-unit (4 input/4 output)
Control/Net
EtherNet/IP
Input block 2 x M12 (2 input)
Input block 2 x M12 (4 input)
Input block 4 x M8 (4 input)
Endplate
SI- units
Input-blocks
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
48
Solenoid Valves
Series VQ1000•2000
Type of
actuation
5 port
Single
5 port
Double
5 port
• All pilot valves on one side, meaning
3 sides have no ports - up to 45 %
space saving.
• Either on DIN rail or direct mounting.
• Valves attached simply using a «one
screw-clamp» system.
• Rubber and metal seal types
available.
• Long service life of at least 200m.
switching cycles e.g. with metal seal.
• Multi-pin connection to valve block
for simple electronic connection.
• Short, 10 ms. response times.
• Low power consumption, 1 W
(0.5 W optional).
• Wide range of options available, e.g.
external pilot.
For manifold Part no. and specification, please
contact SMC or consult SMC catalogue.
Manual
override
Example for options
Pressure Gauge
Closed
center
5 port
Exhaust
center
5 port
Pressure
center
Part number
Solenoid Valve
Seal
type
Flow
l/min
Operating
pressure range
(MPa)
Voltage
VQ1101N-5-Q
VQ1100N-5-Q
VQ2101N-5-Q
VQ2100N-5-Q
Rubber
Metal seal
Rubber
Metal seal
295
166
883
785
0.15 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
0.15 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
24V DC
VQ1201N-5-Q
VQ1200N-5-Q
VQ2201N-5-Q
VQ2200N-5-Q
Rubber
Metal seal
Rubber
Metal seal
295
166
883
785
0.1 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
24V DC
VQ1301N-5-Q
VQ1300N-5-Q
VQ2301N-5-Q
VQ2300N-5-Q
Rubber
Metal seal
Rubber
Metal seal
295
166
883
785
VQ1401N-5-Q
VQ1400N-5-Q
VQ2401N-5-Q
VQ2400N-5-Q
Rubber
Metal seal
Rubber
Metal seal
295
166
883
785
0.2 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
0.2 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
0.2 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
0.2 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
VQ1501N-5-Q
VQ1500N-5-Q
VQ2501N-5-Q
VQ2500N-5-Q
Rubber
Metal seal
Rubber
Metal seal
295
166
883
785
0.2 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
0.2 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
24V DC
3
24V DC
Solenoid Valves
5 Port Solenoid Valves,
internal wiring
24V DC
Other voltages, plug connectors and port sizes available on request
Accessory • Manifold • D sub connector
VV5Q1-02C
Manifold for 2 stations. Port ø **
*
** FUO-Q
VV5Q1-03C
Manifold for 3 stations. Port ø **
*
** FUO-Q
VV5Q1-04C
Manifold for 4 stations. Port ø **
*
** FUO-Q
VV5Q1-05C
Manifold for 5 stations. Port ø **
*
** FUO-Q
VV5Q1-06C
Manifold for 6 stations. Port ø **
*
** FUO-Q
VV5Q1-07C
Manifold for 7 stations. Port ø **
*
** FUO-Q
VV5Q1-08C
Manifold for 8 stations. Port ø **
*
** FUO-Q
VV5Q1-09C
Manifold for 9 stations. Port ø **
*
** FUO-Q
VV5Q1-10C
Manifold for 10 stationsPort ø **
*
** FUO-Q
VV5Q1-11C
Manifold for 11 stations. Port ø **
*
** FUO-Q
VV5Q1-12C
Manifold for 12 stations. Port ø **
*
** FUO-Q
VVQ000-10A-1
Blanking plate
*
VVQ000-57A
DIN rail mounting set
*
VZ1000-11-3- ** *
Aluminum DIN rail
AN203-KM8/AN300-KM10
Silencer for VQ1000/VQ2000
* 1 for VQ1000
2 for VQ2000
** 6 for VQ1000: Ø 6 mm with A/B
8 for VQ2000: Ø 8 mm with A/B
Manifold for field bus upon request
Accessory • Replacement fitting for A/B
VQ1000
Vacuum unit
Blanking plate
ø 3.2 mm one-touch fitting
ø 4 mm one-touch fitting
ø 6 mm one-touch fitting
ø 8 mm one-touch fitting
M5 mm one-touch fitting
Accessory • D sub connector with cable
L= 5.0 m
L= 3.0 m
GVVZS3000-21A-2
VQ2000
VVQ1000-50A-C3
VVQ1000-50A-C4
VVQ1000-50A-C6 VVQ1000-51A-C6
VVQ1000-51A-C8
VVQ1000-50A-M5
GVVZS3000-21A-3
L= 8.0 m
GVVZS3000-21A-4
4 position dual 3 port function
2 stations matching fitting
DIN rail
90° plug connection
90° plug connection
Additional SUP
Type of
actuation
Part number
Solenoid Valve
Seal
type
2 x 3 NC-NC
2 x 3 NO-NO
2 x 3 NC-NO
VQ * A01N-5-Q
VQ * B01N-5-Q
VQ * C01N-5-Q
Rubber
* 1 for size 1000
2 for size 2000
Additional EXH
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
49
Solenoid Valves
5 Port Solenoid Valves,
internal wiring
Series VQ4000•5000
Type of
actuation
5 port
Single
5 port
Double
5 port
Closed
center
3
Solenoid Valves
5 port
Exhaust
center
5 port
• Compact design.
• Superior flow capacity.
• 2 valve seal models
(elastomer or metal).
• Short switching times, 12 ms - 50 ms.
• Multi-pin plug connection with ready
made electrical connections to the
solenoid valves.
• IP65 possible.
• Integral push-in fittings mean
replacement is easy.
Pressure
center
Part number
Solenoid Valve
Seal
type
Flow
l/min
Operating
pressure range
(MPa)
Voltage
VQ4101-5-Q
VQ4100-5-Q
VQ5101-5-Q
VQ5100-5-Q
Rubber
Metal
Rubber
Metal
~ 2160
~ 1960
~ 4320
~ 3920
0.2 ~ 0.7
0.15 ~ 0.7
0.2 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
24V DC
VQ4201-5-Q
VQ4200-5-Q
VQ5201-5-Q
VQ5200-5-Q
Rubber
Metal
Rubber
Metal
~ 2160
~ 1960
~ 4320
~ 3920
0.15 ~ 0.7
0.15 ~ 0.7
0.15 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
24V DC
VQ4301-5-Q
VQ4300-5-Q
VQ5301-5-Q
VQ5300-5-Q
Rubber
Metal
Rubber
Metal
~ 1960
~ 1760
~ 3440
~ 3340
VQ4401-5-Q
VQ4400-5-Q
VQ5401-5-Q
VQ5400-5-Q
Rubber
Metal
Rubber
Metal
~ 2160
~ 1960
~ 4320
~ 3920
0.2 ~ 0.7
0.15 ~ 0.7
0.2 ~ 0.7
0.15 ~ 0.7
0.2 ~ 0.7
0.15 ~ 0.7
0.2 ~ 0.7
0.15 ~ 0.7
VQ4501-5-Q
VQ4500-5-Q
VQ5501-5-Q
VQ5500-5-Q
Rubber
Metal
Rubber
Metal
~ 2160
~ 1960
~ 3440
~ 3340
0.2 ~ 0.7
0.15 ~ 0.7
0.2 ~ 0.7
0.15 ~ 0.7
24V DC
24V DC
24V DC
Other voltages, plug connectors and port sizes available on request
Field bus, IP65 version available upon request
For manifold Part no. and specification, please
contact SMC or consult SMC catalogue.
D side
U side
Modular manifold
No.
Item
VQ4000
1 End plate D side
2 End plate U side for D sub
Ø 10 mm
Sub-plate
Double-wiring
Ø 3/8”
Ø 1/2”
3
Ø 10 mm
Sub-plate
Single wiring
Ø 3/8”
Ø 1/2”
Replacement Ø 8 mm
4 fittings
Ø 10 mm
Ø 12 mm
Accessory • D sub connector with cable
L= 5 m
L= 3 m
GVVZS3000-21A-2
VQ5000
VVQ4000-3A-1-L
VVQ5000-3A-1-L
VVQ4000-2A-1-F
VVQ5000-2A-1-F
VVQ40000-1A-F1-C10
VVQ40000-1A-F1-03F VVQ50000-1A-F1-03F
VVQ50000-1A-F1-04F
VVQ40000-1A-F2-C10
VVQ40000-1A-F2-03F VVQ50000-1A-F2-03F
VVQ50000-1A-F2-04F
VVQ40000-50B-C8
not available for
VVQ40000-50B-C10
VQ5000
VVQ40000-50B-C12
GVVZS3000-21A-3
L= 8 m
GVVZS3000-21A-4
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
50
Solenoid Valves
Type of Part number
actuation Solenoid Valve
Series VSR8-4•VSS8-4
VSS8-4-FG-S-3V-Q
2
single
VSR8-4-FG-S-3V-Q
Operating Flow (l/min) Flow (l/min)
pressure
Voltage
range (MPa) (P → A,B) (A,B → EA,EB)
VSS8-4-FG-D-3V-Q
2
double
VSR8-4-FG-D-3V-Q
0.1 ~ 1
704
772
0.15 ~ 1
904
1006
0.1 ~ 1
704
772
0.1 ~ 1
904
1006
3
VSS8-4-FHG-D-3V-Q
closed
centre VSR8-4-FHG-D-3V-Q
0.15 ~ 1
704
727
0.2 ~ 1
835
1068
3
VSS8-4-FJG-D-3V-Q
exhautst
centre VSR8-4-FJG-D-3V-Q
0.15 ~ 1
613
749
0.2 ~ 1
769
986
3
VSS8-4-FIG-D-3V-Q
pressure
centre VSR8-4-FIG-D-3V-Q
0.15 ~ 1
727
727
0.2 ~ 1
1085
888
Circuits Symbols
(A) (B)
4 2
24 VDC
5 1 3
(R1) (P) (R2)
metal
(A) (B)
4 2
rubber
(A) (B)
4 2
24 VDC
5 1 3
(R1) (P) (R2)
5 1 3
(R1) (P) (R2)
(A) (B)
4 2
24 VDC
5 1 3
(R1) (P) (R2)
(A) (B)
4 2
24 VDC
3
5 1 3
(R1) (P) (R2)
(A) (B)
4 2
24 VDC
5 1 3
(R1) (P) (R2)
Solenoid Valves
5 Port ISO 15407-2 Valves
Size 01, Plug-in type
Other types of actuation, voltages, plug connectors and port sizes available on request
Manifold variations
Part number
VV801--W1-Q
*
VV801-11-W1-Q
*
VV801-42-W1-Q
*
VV801-83-W1-Q
*
Description
Without SI/input block, kit designation , * stations
With 1 input block, M12-2 inputs, kit designation , * stations
With 4 input blocks, M12-4 inputs, kit designation , * stations
With 8 input blocks, M8-4 inputs, kit designation , * stations
Kit designation
Max. no. of
Kit
stations/solenoids
• Conforming to ISO 15407-2.
• IP65 enclosure protection: dust /
splashproof type.
• Light weight (3-position: 0.26 kg).
• Large capacity (1000 l/min ANR for a
cylinder driving size of Ø100).
FD0
PD0
LD0
MD0
TD0
SD0
SDN
SDQ
SDTA
SDTB
SDTC
SDTD
SDY
SDZCN
SDZEN
SDA2
1 to 12 stations / 24
1 to 12 stations / 24
1 to 12 stations / 24
1 to 12 stations / 24
1 to 10 stations / 20
1 to 12 stations / 24
1 to 12 stations / 24
1 to 12 stations / 24
1 to 4 stations / 8
1 to 2 stations / 4
1 to 4 stations / 8
1 to 2 stations / 4
1 to 12 stations / 24
1 to 12 stations / 24
1 to 12 stations / 24
1 to 8 stations / 16
Kit, protocol, and cable lenght
D-sub connector kit (25P) without cable
Flat ribbon cable kit (26P) without cable
Lead wire kit (25 core)0.6m lead wire
Multiple connector kit (26P) without cable
Terminal block box kit
Serial kit without SI unit
EX250 Serial kit for PROFIBUS DP
EX250 Serial kit for DeviceNet
EX250 Serial kit for AS-I 8 in/out, 31 slaves, 2 power supply systems
EX250 Serial kit for AS-I 4 in/out, 31 slaves, 2 power supply systems
EX250 Serial kit for AS-I 8 in/out, 31 slaves, 1 power supply system
EX250 Serial kit for AS-I 4 in/out, 31 slaves, 1 power supply system
EX250 Serial kit for CANopen
EX250 Serial kit for ControlNet
EX250 Serial kit for EtherNet/IP
Ex500 Serial kit for DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP
Manifold variations
Part number
Description
VV801-P-03
Individual SUP spacer
VV801-R-03
Individual EXH spacer
VVS8040-ARB-A-1-X1S
VVS8040-ARB-B-1-X1S
VSS8040-ARB-P-1-X1S
VVS8040-ARB-A-1-X1L
VVS8040-ARB-B-1-X1L
VSS8040-ARB-P-1-X1L
Interface regulator with short pressure gauge
adapter and different regulation types
(A, B, P ports)
Interface regulator with long pressure gauge
adapter and different regulation types
(A, B, P ports)
VVS8040-11A
Blanking plate
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
51
Solenoid Valves
5 Port Solenoid Valves,
ISO 5599/I compliant
Series VQ7-6/VQ7-8
Solenoid Valves
3
• Latest valve technology with
standard port sizes.
• ISO1 and ISO2.
• Electrical connection via DIN plug
connector or cable with M12 plug
connector.
• Superior flow capacity.
• Enclosure IP65.
• Rubber and metal seals available.
• Small, compact design,
up to 13% smaller.
Type of
actuation
Part number
Solenoid Valve
Type
Flow
l/min
Operating
pressure range
(MPa)
5 port
Single
VQ7-6-FG-S-3ZR-Q
VQ7-6-FG-S-3Z-Q
VQ7-8-FG-S-3ZR-Q
VQ7-8-FG-S-3Z-Q
ISO1 rubber seal
ISO1 metal seal
ISO2 rubber seal
ISO2 metal seal
5 port
Double
VQ7-6-FG-D-3ZR-Q
VQ7-6-FG-D-3Z-Q
VQ7-8-FG-D-3ZR-Q
VQ7-8-FG-D-3Z-Q
ISO1 rubber seal
ISO1 metal seal
ISO2 rubber seal
ISO2 metal seal
1700
1500
3200
3200
1700
1500
3200
3200
0.2 ~ 0.7
0.15~1.0
0.2~1.0
0.15~1.0
0.15~1.0
0.15~1.0
0.15~1.0
0.15~1.0
5 port
Closed
center
VQ7-6-FHG-D-3ZR-Q
VQ7-6-FHG-D-3Z-Q
VQ7-8-FHG-D-3ZR-Q
VQ7-8-FHG-D-3Z-Q
ISO1 rubber seal
ISO1 metal seal
ISO2 rubber seal
ISO2 metal seal
1500
1400
2800
2800
0.15~1.0
0.15~1.0
0.15~1.0
0.15~1.0
24V DC
VQ7-6-FJG-D-3ZR-Q ISO1 rubber seal
5 port
Exhaust VQ7-6-FJG-D-3Z-Q ISO1 metal seal
center VQ7-8-FJG-D-3ZR-Q ISO2 rubber seal
VQ7-8-FJG-D-3Z-Q ISO2 metal seal
1700
1500
3200
3000
0.15~1.0
0.15~1.0
0.15~1.0
0.15~1.0
24V DC
VQ7-6-FIG-D-3ZR-Q ISO1 rubber seal
5 port
ISO1 metal seal
Pressure VQ7-6-FIG-D-3Z-Q
center VQ7-8-FIG-D-3ZR-Q ISO2 rubber seal
VQ7-8-FIG-D-3Z-Q ISO2 metal seal
1700
1500
3200
3000
0.15~1.0
0.15~1.0
0.15~1.0
0.15~1.0
24V DC
ISO1 rubber seal
ISO1 metal seal
ISO2 rubber seal
ISO2 metal seal
1100
1100
2200
2200
0.15~1.0
0.15~1.0
0.15~1.0
0.15~1.0
24V DC
5 port
Exhaust
center
with check
valve
VQ7-6-FPG-D-3ZR-Q
VQ7-6-FPG-D-3Z-Q
VQ7-8-FPG-D-3ZR-Q
VQ7-8-FPG-D-3Z-Q
Voltage
24V DC
24V DC
Other voltages, plug connectors and port sizes available on request
O: for DIN connector
SC: with cable and M12 plug connector
Modular manifold
Item
Left end plate
Right end plate
Manifold
ISO1
ISO1
G 3/8”
G 1/2”
G 3/8”
G 1/2”
G 1/4”
G 3/8”
G 1/2”
ISO2
EAXT502-LA-03
EAXT512-LA-04
EAXT502-RA-03
EAXT512-RA-04
EAXT502-1A-A02
EAXT502-1A-A03
EAXT512-1A-A03
EAXT512-1A-A04
ISO2
Accessory • Sub-plate
ISO1
G 1/4”
G 3/8”
G 1/2”
G 3/4”
EVS7-1-A02F
EVS7-1-A03F
ISO2
EVS7-2-A03F
EVS7-2-A04F
EVS7-2-A06F
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
52
Solenoid Valves
Function
Series EVS7-6/8/10
Circuit
Symbols
Type of
actuation
5
5
5
• Standardized hole pattern for fixing, air
channels and standard pilot component.
• 3 types of series, for sizes I,II,III.
• Valves made with lapped metal seal for
hash operating conditions.
• All 5 port functions possible.
• Universally connectable with standard
base plate.
• Broad range of accessories (speed
controller, dual pressure system, etc.).
• Service life of over 100m. switching
cycles.
Flow
l/min
Single
5
5
Operating
pressure range
Closed
center
Exhaust
center
Pressure
center
0.1~1.0 MPa
Voltage *
ISO1:
1/4, 3/8, 1/2
24V DC
12V DC
ISO2:
24V AC
ISO2: 3/8, 1/2, 3/4 110V AC
3148
220V AC
ISO3:
ISO1:
1476
Double
Port
size
1/2, 3/4, 1
* other voltages upon request
3
Solenoid Valves
ISO-CNOMO
Solenoid Valves 5 port
MULTI-FUNCTIONAL ASSEMBLY POSSIBLE
• Compliant with ISO. Compliant with ISO • VDMA
WIDE RANGE OF ACCESSORIES
Manifolds, individual exhaust
connections, blanking plates,
intermediate plates, modular
pressure regulator, and many
more.
Complies with VDMA24563
and ISO15407-1
Series EVS1-01/02
Superior flow.
Excellent response time.
Long service life (VQ100 pilot valve)
Enclosure IP65.
Metal or rubber seals for the main
valve,suitable for use in a variety of
operating conditions.
Electrical entry:
Type 01: M12 (5 pin)
Type 02: M8 (4 pin)
Size 01 (EVS1-01)
Rubber seal: Cv0.9 (900 l/min)
Metal seal: Cv0.6 (600 l/min)
Size 02 (EVS1-02)
Rubber seal: Cv0.5 (500 l/min)
Metal seal: Cv0.3 (300 l/min)
Switching time:
EVS1-01 single/metal seal:
20ms or less
EVS1-02 double/metal seal:
12ms or less
Service life: min 100m cycles
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
53
Solenoid Valves
Compliant with ISO5599/1
Series EVS7-6/8/10
Superior flow.
Low power consumption 1.8 W.
Enclosure IP65.
Metal or rubber seals for the main
valve, suitable for use in a variety
of operating environments and
conditions.
Electrical entry: M12 (5 pin).
Service life: min 100m cycles.
3
Solenoid Valves
Size 1 (EVS7-6)
Size 2 (EVS7-8)
Size 3 (EVS7-10)
Rubber seal: Cv1.1 (1100 l/min)
Metal seal: Cv0.9 (900 l/min)
Rubber seal: Cv3 (3000 l/min)
Metal seal: Cv2.4 (2400 l/min)
Rubber seal: Cv4 (4000 l/min)
Metal seal: Cv3 (3000 l/min)
Super compact
Series VV061
Directly operated 3 port
solenoid valve.
Valve width 6 mm.
Variety of valve connection
options and systems.
Light weight - 4 g.
Super compact
Series S070
2 port solenoid valve.
Valve width 7 mm.
Low power consuption:
0.35 W (standard), 0.1 W (with power saving).
Flow from 6 l/min to 20 l/min.
Light weight - 5 g.
Manifolds easily assembled/disassembled.
Dimensions: Single valve
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
54
Solenoid Valves
SMC Field Bus Technology
EX240
Connection
Valve family
direct
SV/VQ
Enclosure
16/-
DeviceNet
TM
IP20
direct
SY
Number of
Outputs/Inputs
Connection
Valve family
Enclosure
Max. 32/Max. 32/Max. 16/Max. 16/-
direct
direct
direct
direct
SJ
SJ
SJ
SJ
IP40
Field bus
system
Number of
Outputs/Inputs
Connection
Valve family
Enclosure
EX240-SPR1
PROFIBUS DP
Max.32/32
direct
VQ
EX240-SDN2
DeviceNetTM
Max.32/32
direct
VQ
Field bus
system
Number of
Outputs/Inputs
Connection
Valve family
direct
direct
direct
direct
direct
direct
direct
direct
SV/VQC
SV/VQC
SV/VQC
SV/VQC
SV/VQC
SV/VQC
SV/VQC
SV/VQC
Connection
Valve family
Enclosure
Gateway system
Gateway system
Gateway system
IP65
direct
direct
SV/VQC
SV/VQC
SV/VQC
SV
VQC
Connection
Valve family
Enclosure
Gateway system
Gateway system
SY/SJ/SZ/SQ/VQ
SYJ/S0700/VQZ
SY/SYJ/S0700/VQZ
SY/VQ
SZ/SQ
SJ
IP20
EX122-SDN1
Part number
Field bus
system
EX180-SDN1
EX180-SDN1A
EX180-SDN2
EX180-SDN2A
DeviceNet
Part number
EX250
Number of
Outputs/Inputs
EX120-SDN1
Part number
EX500
Field bus
system
EX250-SDN1
EX250-SPR1
EX250-SCA1A
EX250-SEN1
EX250-SAS3
EX250-SAS5
EX250-SAS7
EX250-SAS9
TM
Max.32/32
Max.32/32
Max.32/32
Max.32/32
DeviceNetTM
PROFIBUS DP
CAN Open
Ethernet/IPTM
AS interface
8/8
4/4
8/8
4/4
2 voltage supply
2 voltage supply
1 voltage supply
1 voltage supply
Part number
Field bus
system
Number of
Outputs/Inputs
EX500-GPR1A
EX500-GDN1
EX500-SEN1
EX500-S001 (*)
EX500-Q001 (*)
PROFIBUS DP
DeviceNetTM
Ethernet/IPTM
SMC internal
SMC internal
Max.64/64
Max.64/64
Max.64/64
16/16
16/16
3
Solenoid Valves
EX180
EX120/EX122
Part number
IP65
Enclosure
IP67
IP67
(*) Only in connection with EX500 - GPR1A or EX500 - GDN1
EX510
Part number
EX510-GPR1
EX510-GDN1
EX510-S001
EX510-S002A
EX510-S002B
EX510-S002C
Field bus
system
Number of
Outputs/Inputs
PROFIBUS DP
DeviceNetTM
SMC internal
SMC internal
SMC internal
SMC internal
Max.64/64
Max.64/64
16/16
16/16
16/16
16/16
direct
direct
direct
direct
Modular input units
Number of Max.units to
Part number
Inputs/Unit be combined
EX250-IE1
EX250-IE2
EX250-IE3
2 (M12)
4 (M12)
4 (M8)
16
8
8
Series
SV/VQC
SV/VQC
SV/VQC
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
55
Solenoid Valves
Solenoid Valves
3
Gateway
System
EX500
Serial Transmission System
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
56
Solenoid Valves
No.
Item
Part number
1
2
3
4
5
6
Input unit
Input block
Input block
Input block
Output block
Power block
EX500-IB1
EX500-IE3
EX500-IE5
EX500-IE1
EX9-OEP2
EX9-PE1
7
8
9
End plate
End plate
DIN Rail
EX500-EB1
EX9-EA03
VZ1000-11-1-
Max.16 inputs
2 (M12) inputs
8 (M8) inputs
2 (M8) inputs
2 NPN output (+COM.)
Max. 8 outputs block stations
3
10
Communication connector
11
Cable with M12 connector
12
Power cable with connector (for GW unit)
13
14
15
16
Waterproof cap
Waterproof cap
Waterproof cap
Terminal plug input unit
Solenoid Valves
= number of stations
EX9-AC020EN-PSRJ M12 plug (straight) - RJ-45 connector
Straight connector type 8-pins
EX500-AC-SAPA
Straight connector type 8-pins
EX500-AC-SSPS
Straight connector type
EX500-AP-S
Angle connector type
EX500-AP-A
M8 connector for socket
EX500-AWES
M12 connector for socket
EX500-AWTS
M12 connector for plug
EX500-AWTP
M12
EX500-AC000-S
= Cable length (l)
11 003 = 300 mm
005 = 500 mm
010 = 1000 mm
030 = 3000 mm
050 = 5000 mm
12 010 = 1000 mm
050 = 5000 mm
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
57
Process Valves
Process Valves
Process Valves
3
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
59
Process Valves
Valve Selection based on the Process Fluid
IMPORTANT:
When choosing a process valve it is not only mere chemical compatibility of the materials which has to be taken into
consideration but rather the design and the valve's operating mechanism. A solenoid valve, for example, will not
operate correctly with highly viscous fluids in spite of being made with materials which are chemically compatible.
(The selection is a guide. Specific process conditions can render an initially valid option inadequate)
VCS
VNB
VNB
VNB
VNB
VNB
VNB
VNB
VNB
VNB
VNB
VNB
VNB
VNB
VNB
VNB
VNB
VNB
VNB
VNB
VNB
VNB
VNB
SGCA
VND
EPR
PTFE
FPM
VXD,VXZ
VXZ
VXZ
VXD, VXZ
VXD, VXZ
VXD, VXZ
VXD, VXZ
VXD, VXZ
VXD, VXZ
VXD, VXZ
VXD, VXZ
VXD, VXZ
VXD, VXZ
VXD, VXZ
VXD, VXZ
VXD, VXZ
VXD, VXZ
VXD, VXZ
VXD, VXZ
VXD, VXZ
VXD, VXZ
VXD, VXZ
VXD, VXZ
SGC
STAINLESS STEEL
BRASS/BRONZE/IRON
pilot
operated
VCA,VDW
VX, VCA
VDW
VX
VX
VX
VX
VX
VX
VX
VX
VCA
VX
VCL
VCL
VX
VX
VCL
VCL
VX
VCW, VDW
VCW, VDW
VCB
air
operated
direct
operated
Process Valves
3
ALUMINIUM
NBR
MATERIALS
BODY
SEALS
RECOMMENDED MODELS
Fluid
Air
Low Vacuum (1torr)
Vacuum
Ethyl Alcohol (2)
Ethylene Glycol
Trichloroethane
Trichloroethylene
Perchloroethylene
Caustic Soda (25%)
Argon
Helium
Nitrogen Gas
Carbon Dioxide
Light Oil
Silicone Oil (1)
Brake Fluid
Fuel oil
Heavy Oil (1)
Kerosene
Naphta
Fresh Water
Water
Water at a high Temperature (up to 99°C)
Coolants
Steam
Recommended options, consult other combinations.
(1) Operating with solenoid valves, the viscosity cannot exceed 50 centistokes.
(2) Highly flammable fluids. When possible, use metal body and connect to an earth wire to avoid an accumulation of
static electricity.
Directly operated valves
Series: VX2, VCA, VCB, VCL, VCS, VCW, VDW10/20/30, VDW200/300, VX3
P. 2 to 6
Pilot operated valves
Series: VXD, VXZ, VXP, VXR, VXH, VXF
P. 7 to 9
Air operated valves
Series: VXA2, VXA3, VNA, VNB, VND, VXFA
P. 10 to 12
Specific application valves
Series: VQ20/30, PVQ, SGC/SGCA, VCH41/42/410, VCH, VCHR30/40, VCHN3/4, LVA, LVC, LVH, LVD, LVQ, LVM
Applicable fluids for high purity valves.
P. 13 to 20
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
60
P. 20
Process Valves
Solenoid direct operated valves
2 Port Solenoid Valve
Directly Operated
Series VX2
These models are suitable for water, oil, low vacuum and air ∗
Function
2 N.C.
Q
[Nl/min]
Part number
VX2110A-01F-5D1
VX2120A-01F-5D1
VX2220A-02F-5D1
VX2230A-02F-5D1
VX2110A-01F-JDR1
VX2120A-01F-JDR1
VX2220A-02F-JDR1
VX2230A-02F-JDR1
167
324
324
599
167
324
324
599
Maximun
Kv
differential
3
[m /h] pressure
[MPa]
0.15
0.28
0.28
0.52
0.15
0.28
0.28
0.52
1.5
0.5
1.2
0.3
1.5
0.5
1.2
0.35
Port
size
Voltage
Body/Seal
material
G1/8”
24 VDC
G1/4”
Brass/FKM
G1/8”
G1/4”
230 VAC
(with built-in full
wave rectifier)
3
Process Valves
∗ For steam and medium vacuum applications, please select the suitable materials from the catalogue.
Accessory - DIN plug connector
Without indicator light and
without protective circuit
With indicator light and
24VDC protective circuit
With indicator light and
230VAC protective circuit
A0
A6
A7
• For air, water, oil, steam.
• Built-in full-wave rectifier type is now available.
• Solenoid valves for various fluids used in a
wide variety of applications.
• Reduction of power consumption.
• Improvement of corrosion resistance.
• Coil materials comply with UL94V-O - flame
resistant.
• Low-noise construction.
• Enclosure IP65.
• Improvement of maintenance performance.
• May be mounted on manifold.
• Body materials: Brass or Stainless steel.
• Seal materials: NBR, FKM, EPDM or PTFE.
• Other voltages available (AC, DC).
Bracket Part Number
2 Port Solenoid Valve
Directly Operated
These models are suitable for air, inert gas and low vacuum
Series VCA
Model
Part number
VX21(1,2,3)0
VX2(2,3)(2,3,4)0
VX021N-12A
VX022N-12A
Function
2 N.C.
Part number
Q
[Nl/min]
Maximun
differential
pressure
[MPa]
324
540
788
324
540
788
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
VCA21-5D-3-02F-Q
VCA31-5D-4-02F-Q
VCA41-5D-5-03F-Q
VCA21-36D-3-02F-Q
VCA31-36D-4-02F-Q
VCA41-36D-5-03F-Q
Port
size
G1/4”
Voltage
24 VDC
G3/8”
G1/4”
Body/Seal
material
AI/HNBR
230 VAC
G3/8”
Accessory - DIN plug connector
Without indicator light and
without protective circuit
With indicator light and
24VDC protective circuit
With indicator light and
230VAC protective circuit
A0
A6
A7
Bracket Part Number
• Improved durability.
• Compact and lightweight.
• Electrical entry available from four directions:
4 x 90º turnable coils.
• Enclosure IP65.
• Coil materials comply with UL94V-O - flame
resistant.
• Built-in rectifying circuit for the AC spec
(noise and burn-out prevention).
• Body material: Aluminium.
• Seal material: HNBR.
• Other voltages available (AC, DC).
Model
Part number
VCA21
VCA31
VCA41
VCA20-12-1A
VCA30-12-1A
VCA40-12-1A
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
61
Process Valves
2 Port Solenoid Valve
Directly Operated
Series VCB
These models are suitable for heated water (up to 99ºC)
Function
Part number
Q
[Nl/min]
2 N.C.
VCB21-36T-3-02F-N-Q
VCB31-36T-4-03F-N-Q
VCB41-36T-5-03F-N-Q
324
530
834
Maximun
Kv
differential
[m3/h] pressure
[MPa]
0.28
0.46
0.73
0.8
0.8
0.7
Port
size
Voltage
Body/Seal
material
G 1/4’’
G 3/8’’
G 3/8’’
230 VAC
SUS/FKM
Bracket Part Number
Model
3
Process Valves
Port size
1/8, 1/4
1/4, 3/8
1/4, 3/8
VCB21
VCB31
VCB41
Part number
VCW20-12-01A
VCW30-12-02A
VCW40-12-02A
• Improved durability.
• Compact and lightweight
• Ease of maintenance: Clip design to replace
the coil.
• Improved corrosion resistance Enclosure IP65).
• Coil materials comply with UL94V-O - flame
resistant.
• Body material: Brass or Stainless steel.
• Seal material: EPDM or FKM.
• Other voltages available (AC).
2 Port Solenoid Valve
Directly Operated
Series VCL
These models are suitable for oil (kerosene, fuel oil, machine and
compressor oil, hydraulic fluid, gas oil, turbine oil)
Function
2 N.C.
Q
[Nl/min]
Part number
VCL21-5D-3-02F-Q
VCL31-5D-4-03F-Q
VCL41-5D-5-03F-Q
324
530
834
Maximun
Kv
differential
[m3/h] pressure
[MPa]
0.28
0.46
0.73
0.8
0.8
0.7
Port
size
Voltage
Body/Seal
material
24 VDC
Brass/FKM
G1/4”
G3/8”
Accessory - DIN plug connector
Without indicator light and
without protective circuit
With indicator light and
24VDC protective circuit
A0
A6
Bracket Part Number
Model
• Improved durability.
• High speed response.
• Compact and lightweight.
• Ease of maintenance: Clip design to replace
the coil.
• Built-in surge voltage suppressor.
• Improved corrosion resistance Enclosure IP65.
• Coil materials comply with UL94V-O - flame
resistant.
• Viscosity: up to 50 mm2/s.
• Body material: Brass or Stainless steel.
• Seal material: FKM.
• Other voltages available (AC, DC).
VCL21
VCL31
VCL41
Port size
1/8, 1/4
1/4, 3/8
3/8
Part number
VCW20-12-01A
VCW30-12-02A
VCW40-12-02A
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
62
Process Valves
2 Port Solenoid Valve
Directly Operated
Series VCS
These models are suitable for steam (up to 184ºC)
Function
2 N.C.
Q
[Nl/min]
Part number
VCS21-36TL-2-01F-Q
VCS31-36TL-3-02F-Q
VCS31-36TL-4-02F-Q
VCS31-36TL-5-03F-Q
VCS41-36TL-5-03F-Q
157
785
344
530
834
Maximun
Kv
differential
[m3/h] pressure
[MPa]
0.14
0.69
0.30
0.46
0.73
1
0.5
1
0.8
0.7
Port
size
Voltage
Body/Seal
material
230 VAC
Brass/PTFE
G1/8”
G1/4”
G3/8”
Bracket Part Number
Model
Part number
Port size
1/8, 1/4
1/4, 3/8
1/4, 3/8
VCW20-12-01A
VCW30-12-02A
VCW40-12-02A
3
Process Valves
VCS21
VCS31
VCS41
• Improved durability.
• Compact and lightweight
• Ease of maintenance: Clip design to replace
the coil.
• Improved corrosion resistance Enclosure IP65.
• Coil materials comply with UL94V-O - flame
resistant.
• Body material: Brass or Stainless steel.
• Seal material: PTFE or FKM.
• Other voltages available (AC).
2 Port Solenoid Valve
Directly Operated
Series VCW
These models are suitable for water and deionized water (industry use)
Function
Q
[Nl/min]
Part number
VCW21-5D-2-01F-A-Q
VCW21-5D-3-02F-A-Q
VCW21-5D-4-02F-A-Q
VCW31-5D-5-02F-A-Q
VCW31-5D-5-03F-A-Q
VCW41-5D-5-03F-A-Q
2 N.C.
VCW21-36D-2-01F-A-Q
VCW21-36D-3-02F-A-Q
VCW21-36D-4-02F-A-Q
VCW31-36D-5-02F-A-Q
VCW31-36D-5-03F-A-Q
VCW41-36D-5-03F-A-Q
157
324
501
785
785
834
157
324
501
785
785
834
Maximun
Kv
differential
[m3/h] pressure
[MPa]
0.14
0.29
0.43
0.69
0.69
0.73
0.14
0.29
0.43
0.69
0.69
0.73
2
0.8
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.7
2
0.8
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.7
Port
size
Voltage
Body/Seal
material
G1/8”
G1/4”
24 VDC
G3/8”
Brass/FKM
G1/8”
G1/4”
230 VAC
G3/8”
Accessory - DIN plug connector
• Improved durability.
• Compact and lightweight.
• Ease of maintenance: Clip design to replace
the coil.
• Built-in surge voltage suppressor.
• Improved corrosion resistance Enclosure IP65.
• Coil materials comply with UL94V-O - flame
resistant.
• Body material: Brass or Stainless steel.
• Seal material: NBR, EPDM, PTFE or FKM.
• Other voltages available (AC, DC).
Without indicator light and
without protective circuit
With indicator light and
24VDC protective circuit
With indicator light and
230VAC protective circuit
A0
A6
A7
Bracket Part Number
Model
VCW21
VCW31
VCW31
VCW41
Port size
1/8, 1/4
1/4, 3/8
1/2
3/8
Part number
VCW20-12-01A
VCW30-12-02A
VCW30-12-04A
VCW40-12-02A
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
63
Process Valves
2 Port Solenoid Valve
Directly Operated Poppet
Series VDW10/20/30
These models are suitable for water, deionized water (industry use),
air and low vacuum
Function
2 N.C.
Part number
Q
[Nl/min]
VDW11-5G-1-M5-A-Q
VDW21-5G-1-01F-A-Q
VDW21-5G-2-01F-A-Q
VDW31-5G-3-02F-A-Q
30
69
177
275
Maximun
Kv
differential
[m3/h] pressure
[MPa]
0.03
0.07
0.16
0.24
0.9
0.7
0.4
0.4
Port
size
Voltage
Body/Seal
material
24 VDC
Brass/FKM
M5
G1/8”
G1/4”
Bracket Part Number
Process Valves
3
Model
Part number
VDW11
VDW21
VDW31
VDW10-15A-1
VDW20-15A-1
VCW20-12-01A
• Compact and lightweight.
• Improved durability.
• Highly compact valve owing to its mold coil
design.
• Ease of maintenance: Clip design to replace
the coil.
• Built-in rectifier for the AC specification.
• Body material: Brass or Stainless steel.
• Seal material: NBR or FKM.
• Other voltages available (AC, DC).
3 Port Solenoid Valve
Directly Operated Poppet
Series VDW200/300
These models are suitable for water, deionized water (industry use),
air and low vacuum
Function
Part number
Q
[Nl/min]
3 C.O.
VDW250-5G-1-M5-A-Q
VDW250-5G-2-01F-A-Q
VDW350-5G-2-02F-A-Q
VDW350-5G-3-02F-A-Q
VDW250-5G-2-01F-H-Q
VDW350-5G-3-01F-H-Q
32
88
155
299
88
299
Maximun
Kv
differential
[m3/h] pressure
[MPa]
0.03
0.07
0.14
0.24
0.07
0.24
0.9
0.7
0.8
0.4
0.7
0.4
Port
size
Voltage
M5
G1/8”
G1/4”
Brass/FKM
24 VDC
G1/8”
Bracket Part Number
Model
Part number
VDW250
VDW350
VDW20-15A-1
VCW20-12-01A
• Compact and lightweight.
• Improved durability .
• Highly compact valve owing to its mold coil
design.
• Ease of maintenance: Clip design to replace
the coil.
• Built-in rectifier for the AC specification.
• Body material: Brass or Stainless steel.
• Seal material: NBR or FKM.
• Other voltages available (AC, DC).
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
64
Body/Seal
material
SUS/FKM
Process Valves
3 Port Solenoid Valve
Directly Operated Poppet
Series VX3
These models are suitable for water, oil, low vacuum and air ∗
Function
Q
[Nl/min]
Part number
VX3114A-01F-5D1
VX3114A-02F-5D1
VX3224A-02F-5D1
VX3324A-02F-5D1
3 C.O. VX3334A-03F-5D1
VX3114V-01F-5D1
VX3124V-01F-5D1
VX3234V-02F-5D1
VX3344V-02F-5D1
VX3344V-03F-5D1
79
79
186
186
324
79
157
324
491
491
Maximun
Kv
differential
[m3/h] pressure
[MPa]
Port
size
Voltage
Body/Seal
material
0.07
0.07
0.16
0.16
0.28
0.07
0.14
0.28
0.43
0.43
G1/8”
0.6
0.6
Brass/FKM
G1/4”
0.6
1
G3/8”
0.6
24 VDC
0.6
G1/8”
0.3
Brass/FKM
0.3
(non-leak)
G1/4”
0.3
G3/8”
0.3
∗ For steam and medium vacuum applications, please select the suitable materials from the catalogue.
Without indicator light and
without protective circuit
With indicator light and
24VDC protective circuit
A0
A6
Process Valves
Accessory - DIN plug connector
3
• Reduction of power consumption.
• Improvement of corrosion resistance.
• Coil materials comply with UL94V-O - flame
resistant.
• Enclosure IP65.
• Low-noise construction.
• Improvement of maintenance performance.
• May be mounted on manifold.
• Body materials: Brass or Stainless steel.
• Seal materials: NBR, FKM, EPDM or PTFE.
• Other voltages available (AC, DC).
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
65
Process Valves
Diaphragm pilot operated valves
2 Port Solenoid Valve
Pilot Operated diaphragm type
Series VXD
Function
Q
[Nl/min]
Part number
VXD2130A-02F-5D1
VXD2130A-03F-5D1
VXD2130A-04F-5D1
VXD2140A-04F-5D1
VXD2150A-06F-5D1
VXD2260A-10F-5D1
2 N.C.
VXD2130A-02F-JDR1
VXD2130A-03F-JDR1
VXD2130A-04F-JDR1
VXD2140A-04F-JDR1
VXD2150A-06F-JDR1
VXD2260A-10F-JDR1
3
Process Valves
These models are suitable for air, inert gas, water and oil
∗ Minimun pressure differential = 0.02 MPa.
1865
2356
2356
5398
9324
12269
1865
2356
2356
5398
9324
12269
Maximun
Kv
differential
[m3/h] pressure
[MPa]
1.64
2.07
2.07
4.64
8.21
11.07
1.64
2.07
2.07
4.64
8.21
11.07
0.5
0.5
0.5
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.7
0.7
0.7
1.0
1.0
1.0
Port
size
Voltage
Body/Seal
material
G1/8”
G3/8”
G1/2”
24 VDC
G3/4”
G1”
G1/4”
G3/8”
Brass/FKM
230 VAC
G1/2” (with built-in full
G3/4”
G1”
wave rectifier)
Accessory - DIN plug connector
• Reduction of power consumption.
• Improvement of corrosion resistance.
• Enclosure IP65.
• Low-noise construction.
• Coil materials comply with UL94V-O - flame resistant.
• Improvement of maintenance performance.
• Built-in full-wave rectifier available for AC
Class B coils.
• Body materials: Brass or Stainless steel.
• Seal materials: NBR, FKM or EPDM.
• Other voltages available (AC, DC).
2 Port Solenoid Valve
Pilot Operated diaphragm type
Series VXZ
Without indicator light and
without protective circuit
With indicator light and
24VDC protective circuit
With indicator light and
230VAC protective circuit
A0
A6
A7
These models are suitable for water, oil, inert gas, air and low vacuum
Function
Q
[Nl/min]
Part number
VXZ2230A-02F-5D1
VXZ2230A-03F-5D1
VXZ2240A-04F-5D1
VXZ2350A-06F-5D1
VXZ2360A-10F-5D1
VXZ2230A-02F-JDR1
2 N.C.
VXZ2230A-03F-JDR1
VXZ2240A-04F-JDR1
VXZ2350A-06F-JDR1
VXZ2360A-10F-JDR1
1865
2356
5202
9030
11778
1865
2356
5202
9030
11778
Maximun
Kv
differential
3
[m /h] pressure
[MPa]
1.63
2.06
4.56
7.91
10.32
1.63
2.06
4.56
7.91
10.32
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
Port
size
Voltage
G 1/4’’
G 3/8’’
G 1/2’’
24 VDC
G 3/4’’
G 1’’
Brass/FKM
G 1/4’’
G 3/8’’
230 VAC
G 1/2’’ (with built-in full
wave rectifier)
G 3/4’’
G 1’’
Accessory - DIN plug connector
Without indicator light and
without protective circuit
With indicator light and
24VDC protective circuit
With indicator light and
230VAC protective circuit
A0
A6
A7
• Zero differential pressure valve.
• Reduction of power consumption.
• Improvement of corrosion resistance.
• Enclosure IP65.
• Low-noise construction.
• Coil materials comply with UL94V-O - flame resistant.
• Improvement of maintenance performance.
• Built-in full-wave rectifier available for AC
Class B coils.
• Body materials: Brass or Stainless steel.
• Seal materials: NBR, FKM or EPDM.
• Other voltages available (AC, DC).
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
66
Body/Seal
material
Process Valves
2 Port Solenoid Valve
Pilot Operated
Series VXP
These models are suitable for air and water ∗
Function
Part number
Q
[Nl/min]
VXP2140S-04F-4T1-X53-Q
VXP2150S-06F-4T1-X53-Q
2 N.C.
VXP2260S-10F-4T1-X53-Q
VXP2380-14F-5D-Q
5202
9030
11778
30427
Maximun
Kv
differential
[m3/h] pressure
[MPa]
Port
size
Voltage
4.56
7.91
10.32
26.66
1
G 1/2’’
220 VAC
1
G 3/4’’
1
G 1’’
24 VDC
1
G 1 1/2’’
∗ For steam and oil applications, please select the suitable materials from the catalogue.
Body/Seal
material
Brass/PTFE
Brass/NBR
Process Valves
3
• Easy to disassemble and reassemble in a
short time.
2 Port Solenoid Valve
Pilot Operated
Series VXR
These models are suitable for water and oil (up to 60ºC)
Function
Part number
VXR2150-06F-4D-Q
VXR2150-04F-5D1-X602-Q
2 N.C. VXR2270-12F-BDR1-X602-Q
VXR2380-14F-BDR1-X602-Q
VXR2390-20F-BDR1-X602-Q
Maximun
Kv
differential
3
[m /h] pressure
[MPa]
6.45
5.59
18.92
25.80
41.28
1
1
1
1
1
Port
size
Voltage
Body/Seal
material
G 3/4’’
220 VAC
G 1/2’’
24 VDC
Brass/NBR
G 1/2’’
24 VAC
G 1 1/4’’ (built-in rectifier)
G 1 1/4’’
• Water hammer relief provided.
• Easy to disassemble and reassemble in a
short time.
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
67
Process Valves
2 Port Solenoid Valve
Pilot Operated diaphragm type
Series VXH
These models are suitable for air, water, steam and oil - High pressure
applications (2 MPa)
Function
2 N.C.
Part number
VXH2230-02-4D-Q
VXH2230-03-4D-Q
VXH2230-04-4D-Q
Q
[Nl/min]
1865
2356
2356
Maximun
Kv
differential
3
[m /h] pressure
[MPa]
1,63
2,06
2,06
2
2
2
Port
size
Voltage
Body/Seal
material
Rc 1/4’’
Rc 3/8’’
Rc 1/2’’
220 VAC
Brass/CR
Voltage
Body/Seal
material
24 VDC
Aluminium /
NBR
Process Valves
3
• High pressure applications (2 MPa).
• Body material: Brass.
• Seal material: NBR.
• Other voltages available (AC).
2 Port Solenoid Valve
Pilot Operated diaphragm type
Series VXF
These models are suitable for air (dust collector)
Function
2 N.C.
Part number
VXF2150-06-5DS-Q
VXF2150-06-5DO-Q
VXF2160-10-5D-Q
VXF2160-10-9D-Q(AC24V)
Maximun
Q
differential
[Nl/min] pressure
[MPa]
9255
9255
17965
17965
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
Port
size
Rc 3/4’’
Rc 1’’
24 VAC
• Silencer option available (19 dB or more).
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
68
Process Valves
Air operated valves
2 Port Valve
Air Operated
Series VXA2
These models are suitable for air, inert gas, low vacuum and water ∗
Function
Part number
Q
[Nl/min]
Maximun
Kv
differential
[m3/h] pressure
[MPa]
Port
size
Body/Seal
material
0.28
382
VXA2120-01F-1
G 1/8’’
1
0.52
736
VXA2130-02F-1
0.5
0.52
736
VXA2230-02F-1
G 1/4’’
1
Brass/NBR
0.95
970
VXA2240-02F-1
0.6
0.95
970
VXA2240-03F-1
G 3/8’’
0.6
2 N.C.
0.28
382
VXA2120V-01F-1
G 1/8’’
1
0.52
736
VXA2130V-02F-1
0.5
Brass/FKM
0.52
736
VXA2230V-02F-1
G 1/4’’
1
(non-leak)
0.95
970
VXA2240V-02F-1
0.6
0.95
970
VXA2240V-03F-1
G 3/8’’
0.6
∗ For oil and medium vacuum applications, please select the suitable materials from the catalogue.
Process Valves
3
Bracket Part Number
Model
Part number
VXA2120, VX2130
VXA2230, VXA2240
VX070-020
VX070-022
• For high viscosity fluids (500 cSt)
• Easy to disassemble and reassemble in a
short time.
• Free take off direction pilot port.
• Body material: Brass or Stainless steel.
• Seal material: NBR, EPDM or FKM.
3 Port Valve
Air Operated
Series VXA3
These models are suitable for air, inert gas, low vacuum and water ∗
Function
Part number
VXA3114-01F
VXA3124-01F
VXA3134-02F
VXA3234-02F
VXA3244-03F
3 C.O.
VXA3114V-01F
VXA3124V-01F
VXA3134V-02F
VXA3234V-02F
VXA3244V-03F
Q
[Nl/min]
75
148
196
271
383
75
148
196
271
383
Maximun
Kv
differential
3
[m /h] pressure
[MPa]
Port
size
Body/Seal
material
0.07
0.14
0.21
0.28
0.43
0.07
0.14
0.21
0.28
0.43
1
G 1/8’’
0.5
0.3
Brass/NBR
G 1/4’’
0.6
G 3/8’’
0.3
1
G 1/8’’
0.5
Brass/FKM
0.3
(non-leak)
G 1/4’’
0.6
G 3/8’’
0.3
∗ For oil and medium vacuum applications, please select the suitable materials from the catalogue.
• For high viscosity fluids (500 cSt).
• Easy to disassemble and reassemble in a
short time.
• Free take off direction pilot port.
• Body material: Brass or Stainless steel.
• Seal material: NBR, EPDM or FKM.
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
69
Process Valves
2 Port Valve
Air Operated
Series VNA
These models are suitable for compressed air, air-hydro circuit control
(Ar, He, N2, CO2,Turbine oil, Freon® 11, 113, 114 and hydraulic fluids
up to 99ºC)
Function
VNA101B-F6A
VNA101B-F8A
VNA101B-F10A
VNA201B-F10A
VNA201B-F15A
2 N.C.
VNA301B-F20A
VNA401B-F25A
VNA501B-F32A
VNA601B-F40A
VNA701B-F50A
3
Process Valves
Part number
Q
[Nl/min]
Kv
[m3/h]
687
1276
1963
3730
4908
7852
11778
17667
27482
42204
0.76
1.29
1.63
3.27
4.13
6.45
10.32
15.48
24.08
36.98
Applicable
pressure
range
[MPa]
Port
size
Body/Seal
material
G 1/8’’
G 1/4’’
G 3/8’’
0 to 1
G 1/2’’
G 3/4’’
G 1’’
G 1 1/4’’
G 1 1/2’’
G 2’’
Aluminium / FKM
• The balanced poppet permits normal and
reverse flow.
• Operation from 0 MPa is possible.
• Body material: Aluminium.
• Seal material: NBR, EPR or FKM.
2 Port Valve
Air Operated
Series VNB
These models are suitable for a wide variety of fluids (air, water, heated
water, oil, inert gas and low vacuum)
Function
Part number
VNB104B-F6A
VNB104B-F8A
VNB204B-F10A
VNB204B-F15A
VNB304B-F20A
2 N.C. VNB404B-F25A
(1 MPa) VNB504B-F32A
VNB604B-F40A
VNB704B-F50A
VNB104BS-F8A
VNB204BS-F10A
VNB204BS-F15A
VNB304BS-F20A
Q
[Nl/min]
Kv
[m3/h]
687
984
2460
3000
4909
6878
10803
18654
28473
982
2454
2945
4908
0.6
0.86
2.15
2.15
4.29
6.01
9.44
16.3
24.88
1.04
2.54
2.71
5.00
Applicable
pressure
range
[MPa]
Port
size
Low
vacuum
to 1
G 1/8”
G 1/4”
G 3/8”
G 1/2”
G 3/4”
G 1”
G 1 1/4”
G 1 1/2”
G 2”
G 1/4’’
G 3/8’’
G 1/2’’
G 3/4’’
Body/Seal
material
Bronze/FKM
Stainless
Steel/FKM
• Body material: Bronze, Aluminium or
Stainless steel.
• Seal material: NBR, EPR or FKM.
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
70
Process Valves
2 Port Valve
Air Operated
Series VND
These models are suitable for steam up to 180 ºC
Function
Part number
VND104D-F8A-L
VND200D-F15A-L
VND300D-F20A-L
2 N.C. VND400D-F25A-L
VND500D-F32A-L
VND600D-F40A-L
VND700D-F50A-L
Q
[Nl/min]
Kv
[m3/h]
982
4908
7852
11778
17667
27482
43305
10.00
46.43
85.71
135.71
157.14
328.57
535.71
Applicable
pressure
range
[MPa]
0 to 0.97
Port
size
Body/Seal
material
G 1/4’’
G 1/2’’
G 3/4’’
G 1’’
G 1 1/4’’
G 1 1/2’’
G 2’’
Bronze / PTFE
Process Valves
3
• PTFE seal for steam related applications.
• With operation confirmation indicator light.
• Body material: Bronze or Stainless steel.
• Seal material: PTFE.
2 Port Valve
Air Operated
Series VXFA
These models are suitable for air (dust collector)
Function
2 N.C.
Part number
VXFA2150-06
VXFA2160-10
VXFA2280-14
Maximun
Q
differential
[Nl/min] pressure
[MPa]
9255
17965
44096
1
1
1
Port
size
Body/Seal
material
Rc 3/4’’
Rc 1’’
Rc 1 1/2’’
Aluminium / NBR
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
71
Process Valves
Specific applications valves
2 Port Solenoid Valve
Specific Application Valves
Pilot Operated
Series VQ20/30
These models are suitable for dry air, air and inert gas
Function
Part number
VQ21A1-5Y-C6-Q
VQ21A1-5Y-C8-Q
2 N.C. VQ31A1-5Y-C10-Q
VQ31A1-5Y-C12-Q
Min.
Max.
Tube
Q
Operating Operating
[Nl/min] Pressure Pressure connection Voltage
[Ø
mm]
[MPa]
[MPa]
393
491
785
981
6
8
10
12
0,6
0.01
0,5
Body/Seal
material
Wiring
YO
24VDC
(DIN
terminal
without
connector)
Resin/
HNBR
Process Valves
3
• High frequency operation.
• Compact and lightweight.
• Long operating life.
• Easy piping with one-touch fittings.
• Enclosure IP65.
• Single and manifold body type options available.
• Full wave rectifier and power-saving circuit
options available.
• Body material: Resin (PBT).
• Seal material: NBR.
• Other voltages available (AC, DC).
2 Port Solenoid Valve
Specific Application Valves
Proportional Solenoid Valve
Flow rate smoothly controlled by electric current
adjustment.
Series PVQ
These models are suitable for air and inert gas. Vacuum applications
possible.
Function
Part number
PVQ13-5L-03-M5-A
PVQ13-5L-04-M5-A
PVQ13-5L-06-M5-A
PVQ13-5L-08-M5-A
PVQ31-5G-16-01F
2 N.C. PVQ31-5G-23-01F
PVQ31-5G-40-01F
PVQ33-5G-16-01F
PVQ33-5G-23-01F
PVQ33-5G-40-01F
Flow rate Max.operating
[Nl/min] pressure diff.
[MPa]
0 to 5
0 to 6
0 to 5
0 to 100
0 to 75
0 to 100
0 to 75
0.7
0.45
0.2
0.1
0.7
0.35
0.12
0.7
0.35
0.12
Port
size
Voltage
Valve type
Base mounted
M5
24 VDC
Body ported
G 1/8”
Base mounted
• Compact format.
• Improved operation life.
• Low leakage.
• Operation noise during opening/closing of
the valve reduced.
• Base mounted and body ported configurations.
• Body material: Brass or Stainless steel
(Only PVQ30).
• Seal material: FKM.
• Other voltages available (DC).
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
72
Body/Seal
material
Brass/FKM
Process Valves
2 Port Solenoid Valve
Specific Application Valves
Air Operated Valve
Series SGC/SGCA
Coolant valve suitable for cutting oils and coolants for machines
0.5, 1 and 1.6 MPa operating pressure ranges available
Function
Part number SGC type
SGC221B-10G15Y-5D
2 N.C. SGC321B-10G20Y-5D
SGC421B-10G25Y-5D
Kv
[m3/h]
Operating
pressure range
[MPa]
Port
size
Voltage
Body/Seal
material
4.14
6.07
9.46
0 to 1
G 1/2’’
G 3/4’’
G 1’
24 VDC
Cast iron / FKM
SGCA
SGC
Accessory - DIN plug connector
Without indicator light and
without protective circuit
With indicator light and
24VDC protective circuit
A0
A6
• Extended service life up to 5 million cycles
due to enhanced construction.
• With auto switches to verify if the valve is
opened or closed.
• RoHS directive compliant.
• Energy saving: Reduced power consumption.
• Light and surge voltage suppressors can be
selected.
• Body material: Cast iron.
• Seal material: NBR or FKM.
• Other voltages available for the SGC Series
(AC, DC).
2/3 Port Solenoid Valve
Specific Application Valves
High pressure operation range:
0.5 to 5.0 MPa
Series VCH41/42/410
VCH41
VCH42
Part number SGCA type
SGCA221B-10G10
SGCA221B-10G15
2 N.C.
SGCA321B-10G20
SGCA421B-10G25
Kv
[m3/h]
Operating
pressure range
[MPa]
Port
size
Body/Seal
material
0 to 1
G 3/8’’
G 1/2’’
G 3/4’’
G 1’
Cast iron / FKM
3.03
4.14
6.07
9.46
Process Valves
Function
3
Applicable auto-switches (SGC / SGCA Series)
Part No.
D-M9PL
D-M9PSAPC
D-M9BAL
Electrical entry
3 m wire with grommet
0,5 m with M8 connector
3 m wire with grommet
Special function
Water resistant (2-colour display)
Wiring (output)
3-wire (PNP)
3-wire (PNP)
2-wire
These models are suitable for air and inert gas
Function
2 N.C.
2 N.O.
Function
Part number
VCH41 type
VCH41-5D-06G-Q
VCH41-5D-10G-Q
VCH42-5D-06G-Q
VCH42-5D-10G-Q
Part number
VCH410 type
Operating
pressure range
[MPa]
0.5 to 5.0
Operating
pressure range
[MPa]
VCH410-5D-04G-Q
3 N.C.
VCH410-5D-06G-Q
VCH410-5D-10G-Q
Port
size
Voltage
Body/Seal
material
G 3/4’’
G 1’’
G 3/4’’
G 1’’
24 Vcc
Brass/Polyurethane
elastomer
Port
size
Voltage
Body/Seal
material
24 VDC
Aluminium / Polyurethane elastomer
G 1/2’’
0.5 to 5.0
G 3/4’’
G 1’’
VCH410
• Energy saving: low power consumption.
• Enclosure splash proof (Equivalent to IP65).
• Body material: Brass/Aluminium.
• Seal material: Polyurethane elastomer.
• Other voltages available (DC).
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
73
Process Valves
Check valve
Specific Application Valves
High pressure operation range:
0.05 to 5.0 MPa
These models are suitable for air and inert gas
Function
Part number
VCHC40 type
Operating
pressure range
[MPa]
Port
size
Body/Seal
material
2 N.C.
VCHC40-06G
VCHC40-10G
0.05 to 5.0
G 3/4’’
G 1’’
Brass/Polyurethane elastomer
Series VCHC40
Process Valves
3
• Body material: Brass.
• Seal material: Polyurethane elastomer.
Regulator (Relieving type)
Specific Application Valves
High pressure operation: up to
6.0 MPa
Series VCHR30/40
These models are suitable for air
Ports
Part number
Regulating
pressure range
[MPa]
Port
size
Body/Seal material
2
VCHR30-06G
VCHR30-10G
VCHR40-10G
VCHR40-14G
0.5 ~ 5.0
G 3/4’’
G 1’’
G 1’’
G 1 1/2’’
Aluminium / Polyurethane
elastomer
• Body material: Aluminium.
• Seal material: Polyurethane elastomer.
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
74
Process Valves
Series VCHN3/4
These models are suitable for air and inert gas
Ports
Part number
VCHN 3/4
Max.Operating
pressure [MPa]
Port
size
Body/cover/Absorbing
material
1
VCHN3-06
VCHN3-10
VCHN4-10
VCHN4-12
VCHN4-14
5.0
(Solenoid valve inlet
pressure)
R 3/4
R1
R1
R1 1/4
R1 1/2
Die-casted
Aluminium/SUS/Resin
Ports
Part number
VCHNF 3/4
Max.Operating
pressure [MPa]
Port
size
Body/cover/Absorbing
material
1
VCHNF3-06
VCHNF3-10
VCHNF4-10
VCHNF4-12
VCHNF4-14
5.0
(Solenoid valve inlet
pressure)
R 3/4
R1
R1
R1 1/4
R1 1/2
• Suitable for air and inert gas.
• Materials: Die-casted Aluminium / Stainless
steel / Resin.
•VCHNF: With freeze reduction.
2 Port Air Operated
High Purity Chemical Valve
Specific Application Valves
Series LVA (Clean Wet Series)
3
Die-casted
Aluminium/SUS/Resin
Process Valves
Silencer
Specific Application Valves
High pressure operation: up to
5 MPa
Compatible with high purity chemicals
and deionised water (semiconductor industry)
Function
Part number
LVA10-01F-A
LVA20-02F-A
LVA30-03F-A
LVA40-04F-A
LVA50-06F-A
LVA60-10F-A
2 N.C. LVA10-01F-B
LVA20-02F-B
LVA30-03F-B
LVA40-04F-B
LVA50-06F-B
Q
[Nl/min]
Kv
[m3/h]
69
344
1669
3239
5889
7852
69
344
1669
3239
5889
0.06
0.30
1.46
2.83
5.14
6.88
0.06
0.30
1.46
2.83
5.14
Operating
pressure
range
[MPa]
0 to 0.5
0 to 0.4
0 to 0.5
0 to 0.4
Port
size
G 1/8’’
G 1/4’’
G 3/8’’
G 1/2’’
G 3/4’’
G 1”
G 1/8’’
G 1/4’’
G 3/8’’
G 1/2’’
G 3/4’’
Body/Diaphragm
material
Stainless Steel /
PTFE
PPS / PTFE
• Threaded type valve.
• Minimal internal dead volume.
• Piston damper to minimize particle
generation.
• PTFE diaphragm to prevent micro-bubble
generation.
• New PFA body provides outstanding
corrosion resistance.
• Back-pressure resistance and service life
increased.
• 3 port valve version available.
• Wetted parts material: PFA, Stainless steel or
PPS (body), NBR, EPR or PTFE (diaphragm).
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
75
Process Valves
2 Port Air Operated
High Purity Chemical Valve
Specific Application Valves
Series LVC (Clean Wet Series)
Compatible with high purity chemicals
and deionised water (semiconductor industry)
Function
Part number
LVC20-S06
LVC30-S10
2 N.C. LVC40-S12
LVC50-S19
LVC60-S25
Q
[Nl/min]
Kv
[m3/h]
344
1669
2454
5889
7852
0.30
1.46
2.14
5.14
6.86
Operating
pressure
range
[MPa]
0 to 0.5
0 to 0.4
Tubing
O.D.
[mm]
Body/Diaphragm
material
6
10
12
19
25
PFA/PTFE
Process Valves
3
• High temperature chemical fluid handling
possible (100ºC).
• Integral fitting construction: Hyper Fitting®
Series used.
• Minimal internal dead volume.
• Piston damper to minimize particle generation.
• PTFE diaphragm to prevent micro-bubble
generation.
• New PFA body provides outstanding
corrosion resistance.
• Back-pressure resistance and service life
increased.
• 3 port valve version available.
• Wetted parts material: PFA (body), PTFE (diaphragm).
2 Port Manually Operated
High Purity Chemical Valve
Specific Application Valves
Series LVH (Clean Wet Series)
Compatible with high purity chemicals
and deionised water (semiconductor industry)
Function
Part number
LVH20-S06
2 N.C. LVH30-S10
LVH40-S12
Q
[Nl/min]
Kv
[m3/h]
Operating
pressure
range
[MPa]
Tubing
O.D.
[mm]
Body/Diaphragm
material
344
1669
2454
0.30
1.46
2.14
0 to 0.5
6
10
12
PFA/PTFE
• Locking and non-locking types available.
• Integral fitting type / Threaded type.
• Wide range of valve variations available.
• Wetted parts materials: PFA, Stainless steel,
or PPS (body); PTFE (diaphragm).
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
76
Process Valves
2 Port Air Operated
High Purity Chemical Valve
Specific Application Valves
Series LVD (Clean Wet Series)
Compatible with high purity chemicals
and deionised water (semiconductor industry)
Function
Part number
LVD10-S03
LVD10-S04
2 N.C. LVD20-S06
LVD30-S10
LVD40-S12
LVD50-S19
Q
[Nl/min]
Kv
[m3/h]
88
88
344
1276
1865
4908
0.08
0.08
0.30
1.11
1.63
4.29
Operating
pressure
range
[MPa]
0 to 0.5
0 to 0.3
Tubing
O.D.
[mm]
Body/Diaphragm
material
3
4
6
10
12
19
PFA/PTFE
Process Valves
3
• Compact valve : dimension across inlet/outlet
ports reduced by up to 25%.
• Minimal internal dead volume.
• Integral fitting construction: Hyper Fitting®
Series.
• Piston damper to minimize particle
generation.
• Piping from 4 directions possible.
• Wide range of valve variations available.
• Wetted parts materials: PFA / PTFE.
2 Port Air Operated
High Purity Chemical Valve
Specific Application Valves
Series LVQ (Clean Wet Series)
Compatible with high purity chemicals
and deionised water (semiconductor industry)
Function
Part number
LVQ20-S06
LVQ30-S10
2 N.C. LVQ40-S12
LVQ50-S19
LVQ60-S25
Q
[Nl/min]
Kv
[m3/h]
344
1276
1865
4908
7852
0.30
1.11
1.63
4.29
6.86
Operating
pressure
range
-98 kPa
to 0.5 MPa
-98 kPa
to 0.4 MPa
Tubing
O.D.
[mm]
Body/Diaphragm
material
6
10
12
19
25
PFA/PTFE
• Non-metallic construction without metal
screws.
• New PFA body, PTFE diaphragm and PVDF
actuator section.
• Minimal internal dead volume.
• Integral fitting construction: Hyper Fitting®
Series.
• Piston damper to minimize particle
generation.
• Piping from 8 directions possible.
• Space saving: reduction in dimensions.
• Wetted parts materials: PFA / PTFE.
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
77
Process Valves
2/3 Port Solenoid
Valve for Chemicals
Specific Application Valves
Suitable for air, water, pure water, diluent, cleaning solvent
Function
Series LVM (Clean Wet Series)
2/2 N.C.
3 Universal
Part number
Cv
factor
Operating
pressure
range
Orifice
diameter
[mm]
LVM11-5B-Q
LVM10R1
LVM10R3
LVM10R6
LVM102R
0.04
0 to 0.25 MPa
1,5
0.03
-75 kPa to
0.25 MPa
1,4
Volatage
Body/Diaphragm
material
24 Vcc
PEEK/FKM
Process Valves
3
• Direct Operated Diaphragm Type Valve.
• Valve chamber volume up to 20 µl or less.
• Minimal internal dead volume.
• Compactness (width: 13 mm) and lightweight
(30 g or less ).
• Energy saving: low power consumption
(1-1.5 W).
• Service life of 10 million cycles.
(Based on SMC test conditions).
• Body ported and base mounted valve options.
• Wetted parts material: PEEK or PFA. Base mounted
valve only (plate) and EPDM, FKM, or Kalrez®
(diaphragm).
• Other voltages available (DC).
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
78
Process Valves
Applicable Fluids
Material and fluid compatibility check list for air and manually operated high purity valves
Diaphragm material
Body material
Stainless
steel
SUS316
Polyphenylene
Fluoro resin
sulfide resin
PFA
PPS
Acetone
Note 1)
Note 1)
Fluoro
resin
PTFE
Nitrile
rubber
NBR
Ethylene
propylene
rubber
EPR
Note 2)
3
Note 2)
Ammonium hydroxide
Isobutyl alcohol
Note 1)
Note 1)
Note 2)
Isopropyl alcohol
Note 1)
Note 1)
Note 2)
Ethyl acetate
Note 1)
Note 1)
Note 2)
Butyl acetate
Note 1)
Note 1)
Note 2)
Process Valves
Chemical
Hydrochloric acid
Ozone (dry)
Hydrogen peroxide Concentration 5% or less, 50°C or less
Note 2)
Nitric acid (except fuming nitric acid) Concentration 10% or less
DI water
Sodium hydroxide Concentration 50% or less
Nitrogen gas
Super pure water
Toluene
Note 1)
Note 1)
Note 2)
Hydrofluoric acid
Note 2)
Sulfuric acid (except fuming sulfuric acid)
Note 2)
Phosphoric acid Concentration 80% or less
The material and fluid compatibility check list provides reference values as a guide only.
Note 1) Use a stainless steel body, as static electricity may be generated.
Note 2) Use caution as permeation may occur and any permeated fluid could effect other
material parts.
Table symbols
: Can be used
: Can be used in certain conditions
: Cannot be used
• Compatibility is indicated for fluid temperatures of 100°C or less.
• The material and fluid compatibility check list provides reference values as a guide only, therefore we do not guarantee the application to our product.
• The data above is based on the information presented by the material manufacturers.
• SMC is not responsible for its accuracy and any damage happened because of this data.
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
79
Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves
Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves
Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves
4
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
81
Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves
Pneumatically operated
3 port valves.
Series SYJA500/700
Part number
Circuit Symbol
SYJA512-M5
SYJA712-01F
SYJA522-M5
SYJA722-01F
Operating
pressure
range MPa
Switching
function
Port Size
N. C.
M5
G 1/8”
M5
G 1/8”
0.15 ~ 0.7
Port Size
Operating
pressure
range MPa
N. O.
Flow
Nl/min (Cv)
197 (0.2)
492 (0.5)
197 (0.2)
492 (0.5)
SYJA300 on request, M5 and M3 ported.
Manifolds available on request
• 2 standard sizes.
• Base and body ported valves available.
• Compact design.
Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves
4
Pneumatically operated
5 port valves.
Series SYJA5000/7000
Part number
Circuit Symbols
SYJA5120-M5
SYJA7120-01F
SYJA5220-M5
SYJA7220-01F
Type of
actuation
Single
Double
M5
G 1/8”
M5
G 1/8”
0.15 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
Flow
Nl/min (Cv)
197 (0.2)
590 (0.6)
197 (0.2)
590 (0.6)
SYJA3000 upon request, M5 and M3 ported.
Manifolds available on request
• 2 standard sizes.
• Compact design.
• Lightweight.
• Base and body ported valves available.
Pneumatically operated
5 port valves.
Series SYA3000•5000•7000
Size SYA7000 - Standard
Circuit
Part no.
Symbol
SYA7120-02F
SYA7120-C8
SYA7120-C10
SYA7220-02F
SYA7220-C8
SYA7220-C10
(A)(B)
4 2
Single
5 1 3
(EA)(P)(EB)
(A)(B)
4 2
Double
5 1 3
(EA)(P)(EB)
(A)(B)
4 2
SYA7320-02F
5 1 3
(EA)(P)(EB)
(A)(B)
4 2
• 3 sizes, SYA7000 standard.
• Choose base or body ported models.
• Long service life.
• Can be used with SY solenoid valves
on manifold.
• 5 port function on request.
Switching
function
SYA7420-02F
5 1 3
(EA)(P)(EB)
(A)(B)
4 2
SYA7520-02F
5 1 3
(EA)(P)(EB)
Port size A
and B
G(PF)1/4
Ø8 mm
Ø10mm
G(PF)1/4
Ø8 mm
Ø10mm
Operating
pressure
range MPa
Flow
Nl/min (Cv)
0.15 ~ 0.7
885 (0.9)
0.1 ~ 0.7
5 port closed
center
5 port
exhaust
center
G(PF)1/4
0.2 ~ 0.7
620 (0.9)
5 port
pressure
center
Manifolds available on request
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
82
Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves
Pneumatically operated
5 port valves.
Series EVSA7-6 (ISO1)
Series EVSA7-8 (ISO2)
Series EVSA7-6 ISO1
Part no.
Circuit Symbols
Operating
Flow
pressure
Nl/min (Cv) range MPa
Type of actuation
Single
1.476 (1.5)
Double
1.476 (1.5)
EVSA7-6-FHG-D-2
Closed center
1.378 (1.4)
EVSA7-6-FPG-D-2
Closed center
1.082 (1.1)
Exhaust center
1.476 (1.5)
Pressurised
center
1.476 (1.5)
EVSA7-6-FG-S-2
5
Number
of ports
EVSA7-6-FG-D-2
0 ~ 1.0
5
Number
of ports
EVSA7-6-FJG-D-2
EVSA7-6-FIG-D-2
4
Series EVSA7-8 ISO2
Part no.
Circuit Symbols
EVSA7-8-FG-S-2
Single
3.148 (3.2)
Double
3.148 (3.2)
Closed center
3.148 (3.2)
5
Number
of ports
EVSA7-8-FG-D-2
Operating
Flow
pressure
Nl/min (Cv) range
MPa
Type of actuation
EVSA7-8-FHG-D-2
0 ~ 1.0
EVSA7-8-FPG-D-2
5
Number
of ports
EVSA7-8-FJG-D-2
Closed center
2.165 (2.2)
Exhaust center
3.148 (3.2)
Pressurised
center
3.148 (3.2)
EVSA7-8-FIG-D-2
Modular manifold
Item
Left end plate
Right end plate
Manifold
ISO1
G 3/8”
G 1/2”
G 3/8”
G 1/2”
G 1/4”
G 3/8”
G 1/2”
ISO2
EAXT502-LA-03
EAXT512-LA-04
EAXT502-RA-03
EAXT512-RA-04
EAXT502-1A-A02
EAXT502-1A-A03
EAXT512-1A-A03
EAXT512-1A-A04
Accessory • Sub-plate
ISO1
G 1/4”
G 3/8”
G 1/2”
G 3/4”
EVS7-1-A02F
EVS7-1-A03F
ISO2
EVS7-2-A03F
EVS7-2-A04F
EVS7-2-A06F
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
83
Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves
• ISO-standardized.
• Types: sub-plate or manifold.
• Compatible with solenoid valves of
series EVSA7.
• Superior flow capacity.
• Valves made with lapped metal seal for
harsh operation conditions.
• Long service life.
Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves
Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves
4
Mechanically/manually
operated 3 port valves
Part no.
Series VM1000
VM1000-4N-00
Basic valve
VM1000-4N-01
Roller lever
VM1000-4N-02
One way roller lever
VM1000-4N-08
Toggle lever
• 3 port micro switch valve with standard
body design for limit switch or manual
switch function.
• Hose connection with space-saving
barb fitting (Ø 2.7 mm).
• Minimal force to operate.
Mechanically/manually
operated 3 port valves
Series EVM100
Actuator
VM1000-4N-32R
Red push button
VM1000-4N-32B
Black push button
Part no.
Circuit Symbol
Actuator
EVM130-F01-00
Basic valve
EVM131-F01-01S
Roller lever
EVM131-F01-02S
One way roller lever
EVM130-F01-08
• 3 port switch valve with port
size G 1/8”.
• Robust poppet valve design.
• Limit switch, manual switch and
switch type with a basic valve via
stacking system.
• Superior flow capacity for a low
height.
Circuit Symbols
Flow
Operating
pressure range (Nl/min)
0~0.8MPa
54
Operating
pressure range
Flow
(Nl/min)
0~1.0MPa
138
Toggle lever
EVM130-F01-30B
Black (mushroom) push
button
EVM130-F01-30R
Red (mushroom) push
button
EVM130-F01-33
Push button (Flash)
EVM130-F01-34B
Twist selector
black
EVM130-F01-36
Twist selector
with key
EVM151-F01-35B
Twist selector
3 position
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
84
Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves
Part no.
Series EVM200
EVM230-F02-00
Basic valve
EVM230-F02-00
+VM-015
Roller lever
EVM230-F02-00
+VM-025
One way roller lever
EVM230-F02-00
+VM-08A
Toggle lever
EVM230-F02-00
+VM-30AB
Black (mushroom) push
button
EVM230-F02-00
+VM-30AR
EVM230-F02-00
+VM-33A
Red (mushroom) push
button
• 3 port switching valve with port size G 1/4”.
• Robust poppet valve design.
• Limit switch, manual switch and foot
pedal type mounted with a basic valve
using a modular stacking system.
• Superior flow capacity for a low height.
• Minimal force to operate.
Circuit Symbols
Actuator
Operating
pressure range
Flow
(Nl/min)
0~1MPa
984
4
Push button (Flash)
EVM230-F02-00
+VM-34AB
Black twist selector
EVM230-F02-36
Twist selector with key
Twist selector
(3 position)
EVM230-F02-35B
Foot pedal (2 position)
EVM230-F02-40
Foot pedal
(5/2 position)
XT34-67*
* Foot pedal with 5/2 position function upon request
Mechanically/manually
operated 3 port valves
Part no.
Series EVM400
EVM430-F01-00
Basic valve
EVM430-F01-00
+VM-01AS
Roller lever
EVM430-F01-00
+VM-02AS
One way roller lever
EVM430-F01-00
+VM-08A
Toggle lever
EVM430-F01-00
+VM-30AB
Black (mushroom) push
button
EVM430-F01-00
+VM-30AR
Red (mushroom) push
button
EVM430-F01-00
+VM-33A
Push button (Flash)
EVM430-F01-00
+VM-34AB
Black twist selector
EVM430-F01-00
+VM-36A
Twist selector with key
• 3 port switching valve,
port size G1/8”.
• Robust poppet valve design.
• Limit switch and manual switch
mounted with a basic valve using a
modular stacking system.
• Superior flow capacity for a low
height.
• N.C. and N.O. version available.
Circuit Symbols
Actuator
Operating
pressure range
Flow
(Nl/min)
0~1.0MPa
370
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
85
Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves
Mechanically/manually
operated 3 port valves
Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves
Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves
4
Mechanically/manually
operated 5 port valves
Part no.
Series EVZM500
EVZM550-F01-00
Basic valve
EVZM550-F01-00
+VM-01CS
Roller lever
EVZM550-F01-00
+VM-02CS
One way roller lever
EVZM550-F01-00
+VM-08C
Toggle lever
EVZM550-F01-00
+VM-30CB
Black (mushroom) push
button
EVZM550-F01-00
+VM-30CR
Red (mushroom) push
button
EVZM550-F01-00
+VM-33C
Push button (Flash)
EVZM550-F01-00
+VM-34CB
Twist selector
black
EVZM550-F01-00
+VM-36C
Twist selector
with Key
• 5 port switching valve,
port size G 1/8”, valve seal design
with pneumatic pilot.
• Limit switch and manual switch
types mounted with a basic valve
via stacking system.
• Superior flow capacity at a
compact size.
• Valve width 18 mm.
Mechanically/manually
operated 5 port valves
Series EVFM300
Part no.
Circuit Symbols
Actuator
Actuator
EVFM350-F02-00
Basic valve
EVFM350-F02-01S
Roller lever
EVFM350-F02-02S
One way roller lever
EVFM350-F02-08
• 5 port switching valve, port size
G /4”, valve seal design with
pneumatic pilot.
• Pneumatic pilot means minimal
force required to operate.
• Superior flow capacity for
a compact size.
• Valve width 26.4 mm.
Circuit Symbols
Flow
(Nl/min)
0.15~0.7MPa
590
Operating
pressure range
Flow
(Nl/min)
0.15~1MPa
984
Toggle lever
EVFM350-F02-30B
Black (mushroom) push
button
EVFM350-F02-30R
Red (mushroom) push
button
EVFM350-F02-33
Push button (Flash)
EVFM350-F02-34B
Black twist selector
EVFM350-F02-36
Operating
pressure range
Twist selector with key
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
86
Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves
Mechanically/manually
operated valves 3 port
Part no.
Series EVM800
EVM830-F01-00
Basic valve
EVM830-F01-01
Roller lever
EVM830-F01-13
Adjustable roller lever
EVM830-F01-14
Adjustable rod lever
Circuit Symbols
Actuator
Operating
pressure range
Flow
(Nl/min)
0~1.0MPa
325
• Port thread G 1/8”.
• Either N.O. or N.C. models.
• Robust, compact design.
• Adjustable operating lever.
Series VHS
Standard
Part no.
VHS20-F01
VHS20-F02
VHS30-F03
VHS40-F04
VHS50-F06
VHS50-F10
Port Size
Port Size
Exhaust release
Flow (l/min)
P→A (A→R)
For modular
Series
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G1
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/2
551 (600)
767 (876)
1692 (1584)
3119 (2785)
6012 (1800)
7104 (2184)
20
20
30
40
50•60
50•60
• With the use of a 3-port valve for
residual pressure release, pressure left
in the line can be easily exhausted.
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
87
Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves
3-Port Valve for Residual
Pressure Release
4
Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves
Manually operated valves
4 port
Part no.
Series VH
Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves
4
• Robust, 4 port manual lever valve, reliable
round seal design.
• Variety of port sizes.
• Body for panel assembly or direct
mounting.
• Slepless and crack adjustment
of the flow from zero to the maximun
via the lever’s rotation angle.
• Pressure or exhaust center for both
cylinders.
• The cylinder may be positioned at the
valve’s center.
Circuit Symbols
VH212-F02
VH312-F03
VH412-F04
VH412-F06
VH210-F02
VH310-F03
VH410-F04
VH410-F06
VH600-F06
VH600-F10
VH211-F02
VH311-F03
VH411-F04
VH411-F06
Type of
actuation
4
2 position
4
Closed
center
Operating
pressure range
1MPa
1MPa
0.7 MPa
4
Exhaust
center
1MPa
Port size
G(PF)
Flow
Nl/min (Cv)
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
3/4
1
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
393 (0.4)
885 (0.9)
3.050 (3.1)
3.149 (3.2)
393 (0.4)
885 (0.9)
3.050 (3.1)
3.149 (3.2)
10.037 (10.2)
10.332 (10.5)
393 (0.4)
885 (0.9)
3.050 (3.1)
3.149 (3.2)
Manually operated valves
2 port manually operated valve
Series VHK
• Switch valve, compact design with 2
or 3 port function.
• Sizes from Ø 4-12 mm with superior
flow capacity.
• Being made of lightweight plastic,
and having integral hose connections,
it can be mounted directly in the
piping (push in).
• Body with mounting holes.
Part no.
Circuit Symbols
VHK3-04F-04F
VHK3-06F-06F
VHK3-08F-08F
VHK3-10F-10F
VHK3-12F-12F
VHK3-M5-M5
VHK3-01S-01S
VHK3-02S-02S
VHK3-03S-03S
VHK3-04S-04S
Operating
pressure range
1MPa
Mounting
bracket
Port Size
Push-in port size
Two position
Thread port size
ø4
Ø6
Ø8
Ø 10
Ø 12
M5 x 0,8
Rc(PT)1/8
Rc(PT)1/4
Rc(PT)3/8
Rc(PT)1/2
VHK-B1A
VHK-B2A
VHK-B1A
2 port function on request
Other thread and push-in combinations on request
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
88
Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves
Two Hand Control Valve
Part number
Connection piping size
Series VR51
VR51-C06
metric size
Flame resistant
one-touch fitting ø6
VR51-C07
inch size
Flame resistant
one-touch fitting ø1/4
Operating
pressure (MPa)
0.25 ~ 1
Part number
Silencer
AN101-01
Option
Part number
Bracket
VR51B
4
Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves
• Equipment having a safety circuit: two
handed operation
• An output is available through
synchronised, two-handed operation
• Certified to type IIIA of EN574
• Interchangeable with XT92-67
Accesory
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
89
Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves
Manually, mechanically, pneumatically operated directional valves
4
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
90
Check and Flow Control Valves
Check and Flow Control Valves
Check and Flow Control Valves
5
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you requiere any additional options and technical detail, please refer to our individual
products catalogue, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
91
Check and Flow Control Valves
Speed Controller
Series AS
Universal type
Elbow type
• 4 sizes.
• Suitable for polyurethane and
nylon tubes.
• 360° rotation.
• Precise adjustment using special
throttle pin shape and fine thread.
• Easy to mount.
• Teflon-coated connection thread
(gasket for M3, M5).
Speed Controller
5 Tamper resistant
Check and Flow Control Valves
Series AS*D
Screwdriver
• Flash set screw, to be operated
only with a screwdriver.
• Plug-in connection.
• Teflon-coated male thread from R1/8,
gasket for M5.
Speed Controller
Series AS-Stainless Steel
Part number
Elbow type
Universal type
AS1201F-M3-02
AS1201F-M5-02
AS1201F-M3-23
AS1201F-M3-04
AS1201F-M5-23
AS1201F-M5-04
AS1201F-M5-06
AS2201F-01-04S
AS2201F-01-06S
AS2201F-01-08S
AS2201F-02-06S
AS2201F-02-08S
AS3201F-03-08S
AS3201F-03-10S
AS4201F-04-10S
AS4201F-04-12S
AS1301F-M3-23
AS1301F-M3-04
AS1301F-M5-23
AS1301F-M5-04
AS1301F-M5-06
AS2301F-01-04S
AS2301F-01-06S
AS2301F-01-08S
AS2301F-02-06S
AS2301F-02-08S
AS3301F-03-08S
AS3301F-03-10S
AS4301F-04-10S
AS4301F-04-12S
M3
M5
M3
M5
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
Tube
ø(mm)
Flow
(l/min)*
2
2
3.2
4
3.2
4
6
4
6
8
6
8
8
10
10
12
20
20
20
20
100
100
100
180
230
230
390
460
790
920
1580
1710
Circuit
Symbol
• Other combinations upon request
* At 0.5 MPa set pressure
Speed controller with flash set screw D version AS*F
Part number
Port Size
Elbow Type
Universal Type
AS1201F-M5-23D
AS1201F-M5-04D
AS1201F-M5-06D
AS2201F-01-06SD
AS2201F-01-08SD
AS2201F-02-06SD
AS2201F-02-08SD
AS3201F-02-06SD
AS3201F-02-08SD
AS3201F-02-10SD
AS3201F-03-06SD
AS3201F-03-08SD
AS3201F-03-10SD
AS1301F-M5-23D
AS1301F-M5-04D
AS1301F-M5-06D
AS2301F-01-06SD
AS2301F-01-08SD
AS2301F-02-06SD
AS2301F-02-08SD
AS3301F-02-06SD
AS3301F-02-08SD
AS3301F-02-10SD
AS3301F-03-06SD
AS3301F-03-08SD
AS3301F-03-10SD
M5
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
Tube
ø(mm)
3.2
4
6
6
8
6
8
6
8
10
6
8
10
Flow*
(l/min)
100
230
390
460
660
790
920
* At 0.5 MPa set pressure
Speed controller with flash set screw D version AS*001F
Part number
Straight Type
Tubing ø
(mm)
Flow*
(l/min)
3.2
4
6
6
8
8
10
100
AS1001F-23D
AS1001F-04D
AS2001F-06D
AS2051F-06D
AS2051F-08D
AS3001F-08D
AS3001F-10D
230
290
460
660
920
* At 0.5 MPa set pressure
Part number
• Stainless steel screw connection
(SUS303).
• 1.0 MPa max. operating pressure.
Port Size
AS1201FG-M5-04
AS1201FG-M5-06
AS2201FG-01-04S
AS2201FG-01-06S
AS2201FG-01-08S
AS2201FG-02-06S
AS2201FG-02-08S
AS3201FG-03-08S
AS3201FG-03-10S
AS4201FG-04-10S
AS4201FG-04-12S
Port Size
M5
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
Tube ø
(mm)
Flow*
(l/min)
4
6
4
6
8
6
8
8
10
10
12
100
100
180
230
230
390
460
790
920
1580
1710
Circuit Symbol
• Other combinations upon request
* At 0.5 MPa set pressure
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you requiere any additional options and technical detail, please refer to our individual
products catalogue, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
92
Check and Flow Control Valves
Speed Controller
Series AS Straight Type
• Simple, economical mounting.
• Precise adjustment using special
throttle pin shape and fine thread.
• Attachment available for optimal
handling.
Part number
Tube
ø(mm)
Flow*
(l/min)
AS1001F-02
AS1001F-23
AS1001F-04
AS1001F-06
AS2001F-04
AS2001F-06
AS2051F-06
AS2051F-08
AS3001F-08
AS3001F-10
AS4001F-10
AS4001F-12
2
3.2
4
6
4
6
6
8
8
10
10
12
20
100
100
100
130
230
290
460
660
920
1050
1390
Circuit Symbol
* At 0.5 MPa set pressure
Mounting
Type
AS1001F
AS2001F
AS2051F
AS3001F
AS4001F
ø 3.2
ø4
TMH-23J
TMH-04J
Tube diameter
ø6
ø8
ø 10
ø 12
TMH-06J
TMH-0b
TMH-08
TMH-10
TMH-12
One side
Dual Type Speed Controller
Series ASD
Part number
ASD230F-M5-04
ASD330F-01-06S
ASD430F-02-06S
ASD430F-02-08S
ASD530F-03-08S
ASD530F-03-10S
ASD630F-04-12S
Stacked
Check and Flow Control Valves
5
3 sides for panel mounting
Thread
Port
Tube Ø
(mm)
Flow*
(l/min)
M5
R 1/8
R 1/4
R 1/4
R 3/8
R 3/8
R 1/2
4
6
6
8
8
10
12
75
175
295
350
600
700
1300
Circuit Symbol
* At 0.5 MPa set pressure
• Meter-in, meter-out combined in one
body.
• Plug-in connection rotates 360°.
Speed Controller with Pilot
Check Valve
Series ASP
Part number
ASP330F-01-06S
ASP330F-01-08S
ASP430F-F02-06S
ASP430F-F02-08S
ASP530F-F03-08S
ASP530F-F03-10S
ASP630F-F04-10S
ASP630F-F04-12S
Port Size
Port Size
R1/8
M5
R1/4
G1/8
R3/8
G1/8
R1/2
G1/4
Pilot air
Tube
ø(mm)
Flow*
(l/min)
6
8
6
8
8
10
10
12
180
180
330
350
600
750
1100
1190
Circuit Symbol
* At 0.5 MPa set pressure
Enables speed control and temporary intermediate stopping with cylinders
• 2 pneumatic functions in one valve
-speed controller and pilot check valve.
• Mounted directly to actuator.
• 360° rotation.
Drop
prevention
Emergency
function
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you requiere any additional options and technical detail, please refer to our individual
products catalogue, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
93
Check and Flow Control Valves
Air Saving Valve
Series ASR (Pressure Valve)
Series ASQ (Flow Valve)
Part number
Pressure Valve
Flow valve
ASR430F-02-S
ASR530F-02-S
ASR530F-03-S
ASR630F-03-S
ASR630F-04-S
Applicable tubing O.D. (mm)
12
6
10
8
Port
size
ASQ430F-02-S
ASQ530F-02-S
ASQ530F-03-S
ASQ630F-03-S
ASQ630F-04-S
R1/4
R1/4
R3/8
R3/8
R1/2
: Add applicable tubing O.D. (mm)
• 40% reduction in air consumption (Cuts
air consumption by operating the return
stroke at a reduced pressure).
5
Check and Flow Control Valves
Pressure valve / Series ASR
Cuts air consumption by operating
the return stroke at a reduced pressure.
Conventional valve
Working and return strokes
operated at the same pressure
Return stroke operated
at a reduced pressure
Pressure
valve
Regulator with check valve and flow control
valve integrated into a single construction
Flow valve / Series ASQ
Air saving valve
Working stroke
Working stroke
Return stroke
Return stroke
Flow
valve
Other applications
Jerk prevention in
vertical operation of
the cylinder
Quick air charge at the
end of stroke for press
applications
Balancing pressure
Pressure valve
Pilot valve and two-way flow control valve
integrated into a single construction
Flow valve
Speed controller
Speed controller
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you requiere any additional options and technical detail, please refer to our individual
products catalogue, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
94
Check and Flow Control Valves
Part number
Port Size
Tube ø
(mm)
Flow*
(l/min)
M5
M5
R1/8
R1/8
R1/8
R1/4
R1/4
R1/4
R3/8
R3/8
R3/8
R1/2
4
6
4
6
8
6
8
10
8
10
12
12
100
100
180
230
230
390
460
460
790
920
920
1580
Series ASG
ASG220F-M5-04
ASG220F-M5-06
ASG320F-01-04S
ASG320F-01-06S
ASG320F-01-08S
ASG420F-02-06S
ASG420F-02-08S
ASG420F-02-10S
ASG520F-03-08S
ASG520F-03-10S
ASG520F-03-12S
ASG620F-04-12S
• SUS316 and special FKM construction
to improve the resistance to corrosion.
• Elbow design to allow the rotation of
the tubing connection ports and suit
installation to air cylinders.
• Meter-in and meter-out type control.
• One-touch fittings and 5 body sizes.
• Applicable tubing: FEP, PFA, Nylon, Soft
nylon, Polyurethane and Polyolefin.
• Conforms to Food Sanitation laws.
Meter-in control option also available
* Measured at 0.5 MPa and 20ºC.
Speed Controller
Series EAS Metal
Circuit Symbol
(Meter-out type control)
5
Port Size
Flow*
(l/min)
M3
M5
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
20
105
230
460
920
1700
Port Size
Free Flow*
(l/min)
M3
M5
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
20
90
340
340
810
1670
Part number
Port Size
Free Flow*
(l/min)
EAS500-F06
EAS600-F10
EAS800-F12
EAS900-F14
EAS900-F20
G3/4
G1
G1 1/4
G1 1/2
G2
10000
15100
35400
52000
57800
Part number
AS1200-M3
AS1200-M5
EAS2200-F01-S
EAS2200-F02-S
EAS3200-F03-S
EAS4200-F04-S
Check and Flow Control Valves
Stainless Steel Controller
(Elbow type)
Circuit Symbol
* At 0.5 MPa set pressure
• 4 sizes.
• 360° rotation.
• Precise adjustment using throttle
pin shape and fine thread.
• Easy to mount.
• Lock nut used to fix the setting.
Speed Controller
Series EAS Metal
Standard
Part number
Straight Type
AS1000-M3
AS1000-M5
EAS2000-F01
EAS2000-F02
EAS3000-F03
EAS4000-F04
Circuit Symbol
* At 0.5 MPa set pressure
For superior flow capacity
• 4 sizes.
• Superior flow capacity.
• Fine thread for precise adjustment.
• Easy to mount.
Circuit Symbol
* At 0.5 MPa set pressure
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you requiere any additional options and technical detail, please refer to our individual
products catalogue, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
95
Check and Flow Control Valves
Speed Controller Silencer
Series ASN2
Part number
Port Size
Effective
Area (mm2)
ASN2-M5
ASN2-01-S
ASN2-02-S
ASN2-03-S
ASN2-04-S
M5
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
1,8
3.6
6.5
16.6
24.5
Circuit Symbol
• Exhaust air noise reduction over 20 dB.
• Simple speed reduction for cylinder.
• Mounted directly to valve exhaust.
Quick Exhaust Valve
Check and Flow Control Valves
5
Series AQ
Part number
AQ1500-M5
EAQ1510-F01
EAQ2000-F01
EAQ2000-F02
EAQ3000-F03
EAQ5000-F04
EAQ5000-F06
Port Size
M5x0.8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
Effective Area (mm2)
IN⇒OUT
OUT⇒Exh.
2
4
25
35
60
105
135
Circuit Symbol
2,8
5,8
25
40
70
115
180
• Large exhaust capacity.
• Port thread M5-3/4”.
• Superior flow capacity.
Speed Exhaust Controller
Series ASV
• 3 pneumatic functions in one
compact design.
• Simple, economical mounting.
• Size M3 - 1/2”.
• Integral 4 - 12 mm plug connection.
Part number
ASV120F-M3-04
ASV220F-M5-04
ASV220F-M5-06
ASV310F-01-06S
ASV310F-01-08S
ASV410F-02-08S
ASV410F-02-10S
ASV510F-03-10S
ASV510F-04-12S
Port Size
M3
M5
M5
R1/8
R1/8
R1/4
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
Tube
ø(mm)
4
4
6
6
8
8
10
10
12
Effective Area (mm2)
Circuit Symbol
IN⇒OUT
OUT⇒Exh.
0,3
1,3
1,3
7
7
13,5
13,5
27
27
0,3
1,3
1,3
8
8
14
14
29
29
Cylinder with ASV
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you requiere any additional options and technical detail, please refer to our individual
products catalogue, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
96
Check and Flow Control Valves
Quick Exhaust Valve,Straight Type
Series AQ240/340
Exhaust via silencer
Tube
ø(mm)
Part number
AQ240F-04-00
AQ240F-06-00
AQ340F-06-00
4
6
6
Effective Area (mm2)
Circuit Symbol
IN⇒OUT
OUT⇒Exh.
1,7
2,4
4
2,5
2,7
4
Common exhaust
Shuttle Valve
Series VR1210/1220
Tube
ø(mm)
Part number
AQ240F-04-04
AQ240F-06-06
AQ340F-06-06
4
6
6
Effective Area (mm2)
Circuit Symbol
IN⇒OUT
OUT⇒Exh.
1,7
2,4
4
2,5
2,7
4
5
Metal type with female thread
Part number
Port Size
Effective Area
(mm2)
VR1210-F01
G 1/8
G 1/4
7
15
VR1220-F02
Plastic with one touch fittings
Tube Size
Part number
(mm)
• For pneumatic controls.
• Two input signals, one output signal.
• Port sizes 1/8” and 1/4”.
Circuit Symbol
Flow*
(l/min)
VR1210F-23
3.2
150
VR1210F-04
4,0
210
VR1220F-06
6,0
440
VR1220F-08
8,0
680
Check and Flow Control Valves
• Direct or common exhaust.
• Simple, economical assembly by
the user.
• Built-in one touch fitting.
• Suitable for nylon and polyurethane
tubing.
• Light weight.
Circuit Symbol
* At 0.5 MPa set pressure
AND Valve
Series VR1211F
Part number
Tube Size
(mm)
Flow*
(l/min)
VR1211F-23
3.2
100
VR1211F-04
4,0
120
VR1211F-06
6,0
150
Circuit
Symbol
* At 0.5 MPa set pressure
• For pneumatic controls.
• Simple, push-in mounting.
• Rotates through 360°.
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you requiere any additional options and technical detail, please refer to our individual
products catalogue, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
97
Check and Flow Control Valves
Check Valve with
One-touch fitting/Thread
Series AKH/AKB
One-touch fitting both sides
Part number
Tube OD
[mm]
Effective area
[mm2]
4
6
8
10
12
2.8
6.5
14
24
34
AKH04-00
AKH06-00
AKH08-00
AKH10-00
AKH12-00
• Select from 3 designs.
• One-touch fitting both sides.
• Male thread/female thread.
• Male thread/one-touch fitting.
• Low cracking pressure.
Male thread/one-touch fitting
Male thread/ female thread
Part number
5
Connection Effective area
port
[mm2]
Check and Flow Control Valves
AKB01 * -01S R1/8, Rc1/8
6.5
AKB02 * -02S R1/4, Rc1/4
14
AKB03 * -03S R3/8, Rc3/8
24
AKB04 * -04S R1/2, Rc1/2
34
Circuit Symbols
Flow
A direction
B Flow
direction
* Flow direction A or B
Part number
AKH04
AKH04
AKH06
AKH06
AKH06
AKH08
AKH08
AKH08
AKH10
AKH10
AKH10
AKH12
AKH12
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Connection Tube OD Effective
Area
Circuit Symbols
thread
[mm]
[mm2]
-M5
-01S
-M5
-01S
-02S
-01S
-02S
-03S
-02S
-03S
-04S
-03S
-04S
M5
R1/8
M5
R1/8
R1/4
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R3/8
R1/2
4
6
8
2.8
2.8
6.5
6.5
6.5
A
14
10
24
12
34
B
* Flow direction A or B
Check Valve
Series EAK
Part number
EAK2000-F01
EAK2000-F02
EAK4000-F02
EAK4000-F03
EAK4000-F04
EAK6000-F06
EAK6000-F10
Port Size
Effective Area
(mm2)
G 1/8
G 1/4
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 1/2
G 3/4
G1
25
27.5
47
85
95
200
230
Circuit Symbol
• Superior flow capacity.
• Low cracking pressure : 0.02MPa.
• Port size from 1/8” to 1”.
Optical Indicator Pneumatic
Series VR3100/3110
Part number
VR3100-01R
VR3100-01G
VR3100-01O
VR3110-01R
VR3110-01G
Optical indication
colour
Red painted
Green
Orange
Red painted
Green
Port Size
Circuit Symbol
Rc1/8
Rc1/8
• Optical pressure indication for
monitoring pressure.
• Port size Rc1/8”.
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you requiere any additional options and technical detail, please refer to our individual
products catalogue, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
98
Linear Actuators
Linear Actuators
Linear Actuators
6
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
99
Linear Actuators
Standard Cylinders
Air Cylinder,
Single acting
Series CJ1
Bore size Stroke length
(mm)
(mm)
Part no.
2,5
2,5
4
4
4
4
CJ1B2-5SU4
CJ1B2-10SU4
CJ1B4-5SU4
CJ1B4-10SU4
CJ1B4-15SU4
CJ1B4-20SU4
* at 0.6 MPa
*Theoretical Spring Force Tube connection
output (N)
(N)
size (mm)
5
10
5
10
15
20
1,81
0,64
Ø 2,5 x 4
4,52
1,47
Ø 2,5 x 4
• Compact design.
• Easy mounting.
• For sensitive force applications.
Pin Cylinder,
Single acting
Series CJP
Linear Actuators
6
• Compact round design, thread
continuous over the whole body.
• Panel or plug mounting possible.
Pin Cylinder,
Series CJP2
Bore size Stroke length *Theoretical Spring Force Tube connection
output (N)
(mm)
nipple Ø
(mm)
(N)
Part no.
Panel mounted
CJPB4-5
CJPB4-10
CJPB4-15
CJPB6-5H6
CJPB6-10H6
CJPB6-15H6
CJPB10-5H6
CJPB10-10H6
CJPB10-15H6
CJPB15-5H6
CJPB15-10H6
CJPB15-15H6
4
4
4
6
6
6
10
10
10
15
15
15
5
10
15
5
10
15
5
10
15
5
10
15
6,00
1,00
M3
15,9
1,42
Outside 6 mm
49,0
2,45
Outside 6 mm
113
4,41
Outside 6 mm
* at 0.7 MPa.
Plug-mounting on request
Part no.
Bore size
(mm)
Stroke length
(mm)
Thread
connection
4
6
10
16
5, 10, 15, 20
5, 10, 15, 20, 25
5, 10, 15, 20, 25,
30, 35, 40
M3
M3
M3
M5
CDJP2B4- * D
CDJP2B6- * D
CDJP2B10- * D
CDJP2B16- * D
Possible auto switches
Reed:
D-A93L
3 wire solid state:
NPN: D-M9NL / PNP: D-M9PL
2 wire solid state: D-M9BAL
* Stroke length
Cylinder mounting brackets
• Double acting, single rod.
• Small and light.
- Full lenght shortened by 6 to 9.5 mm.
- Weight reduced by 55 to 65%.
• Auto switch can be integrated into body.
Bore size [mm]
Flange
Foot
Trunnion (with pin)
Ø6
CP-F006A
CP-L006A
CP-T006A
Piston rod mounting brackets
Bore size [mm]
Ø6
Single knuckle joint
I-P006A
Double knuckle joint
Y-P006A
Ø10
CP-F010A
CP-L010A
CP-T010A
Ø16
CP-F016A
CP-L016A
CP-T016A
Ø10
I-P010A
Y-P010A
Ø16
I-P016A
Y-P016A
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
100
Linear Actuators
Standard Cylinders
Air Cylinder,
Double Acting, Single Rod
Series CG1
• Clean line.
• A substantial reduction in overall
length compared to tie rod designed
cylinders.
Double Acting - Rubber Cushion
Bore size
Part no.
(mm)
Standard Strokes
(mm)
Rod end
Thread
CG1BN20-*
20
25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200 M8 x 1.25
CG1BN25-*
25
M10 x 1.25
CG1BN32-*
32
M14 x 1.5
CG1BN40-*
40
25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150,
CG1BN50-*
50
200, 250, 300
M18 x 1.5
CG1BN63-*
63
CG1BN80-*
80
M22 x 1.5
CG1BN100-*
100
M26 x 1.5
*
Insert required stroke
Insert “D” if magnetic version is required
W
Through rod also available
Double Acting - Air Cushion
Bore size
Part no.
(mm)
CG1BA20-*
CG1BA25-*
CG1BA32-*
CG1BA40-*
CG1BA50-*
CG1BA63-*
CG1BA80-*
CG1BA100-*
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
Standard Strokes
(mm)
25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200
Rod end
Thread
M8 x 1.25
Operating
Pressure
(MPa)
Port
Size
Rc 1/8
0.05 - 1.0
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/2
Operating
Pressure
(MPa)
Port
Size
M5x0.8
M10 x 1.25
25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150,
200, 250, 300
M14 x 1.5
Rc 1/8
0.05 - 1.0
M18 x 1.5
Rc 1/4
M22 x 1.5
M26 x 1.5
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/2
Mounting Bracket Part No.
20
25
32
Bore size (mm)
40
50
63
80
100
Axial foot*
CG-L020 CG-L025 CG-L032 CG-L040 CG-L050 CG-L063 CG-L080 CG-L100
Flange
CG-F020 CG-F025 CG-F032 CG-F040 CG-F050 CG-F063 CG-F080 CG-F100
Trunnion
Clevis**
CG-D020 CG-D025 CG-D032 CG-D040 CG-D050 CG-D063 CG-D080 CG-D100
Pivot bracket
CG-020-24A CG-025-24A CG-032-24A CG-040-24A CG-050-24A CG-063-24A CG-080-24A CG-100-24A
CG-T020 CG-T025 CG-T032 CG-T040 CG-T050 CG-T063
—
—
* Order two foot brackets per a cylinder.
** Clevis pins, snap rings and mounting bolts are attached for the clevis.
*** Mounting bolts are attached for the foot type and the flange type.
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
101
6
Linear Actuators
Mounting bracket
Linear Actuators
Standard Cylinders
Air Cylinder
Series C76
Standard cylinder, double-acting, built-in magnet, rubber bumper
Part number with
Auto switch mounting style
Rail mounting
Band mounting
Bore size
(mm)
Standard strokes
(mm)
32
10, 25, 40, 50, 80,
100, 125, 160, 200,
250, 300
(max. 1000)
40
CD76E32- * -A
CD76E32- * -B
CD76E40- * -A
CD76E40- * -B
Circuit Symbol
* Stroke length
• Single or double acting.
• Cushion with rubber bumper or
adjustable air cushion.
• Connection between piston and
piston rod by crimp connection
designed for increased dynamic
loadings.
• Cylinder body made from corrosion
resistant material.
• Auto switch mounting in two options
by band or rail.
Double-acting, non-rotating, built-in magnet
Part number with
Auto switch mounting style
Rail mounting
Band mounting
Bore size
(mm)
Standard strokes
(mm)
32
10, 25, 40, 50, 80,
100, 125, 160, 200,
250, 300 (max. 1000)
40
CD76KE32- * -A
CD76KE32- * -B
CD76KE40- * -A
CD76KE40- * -B
Circuit Symbol
* Stroke length
Double-acting, adjustable cushion, built-in magnet
Linear Actuators
6
A wide variety of different designs is
available, such as double piston rods,
alternative cylinder head cover designs,
without magnet, single-acting, etc.
Part number with
Auto switch mounting style
Rail mounting
Band mounting
Bore size
(mm)
Standard strokes
(mm)
32
40, 50, 80, 100, 125,
160, 200, 250, 300
(max. 1000)
40
Circuit Symbol
CD76E32- * C-A CD76E32- * C-B
CD76E40- * C-A CD76E40- * C-B
* Stroke length
Mounting band for auto switch mounting
Bore size
32
40
BM2-032 BM2-040
Possible auto switches
Band mounting
D-C73L, D-C73CZ, D-C80L
D-H7A1L, PNP:D-H7A2L
Reed
3-wire, solid state
NPN:
Rail mounting
Reed
3-wire, solid state
2-wire solid state/2 colour
Accessories C76
Foot or
Foot or
flanges
Flange
+ 1 nut
D-A73L, D-A79WL
NPN: D-F79L, PNP:D-F7PL
D-M9BWL
Trunnion
Clevis
Single knuc- Double knuckle joint
kle joint
Floating
joint
ø
(mm)
32
C76F32A
C76F32B
C76T32
C76C32
KJ10DA
40
C76F40A
C76F40B
C76T40
C76C40
KJ12DA
GKM10-20
JA25-10-150
GKM12-24A JA40-12-175
* other tube diameters on request
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
102
Linear Actuators
Standard Cylinders
Standard Cylinder ISO/CETOP
Series C85
DIN-ISO 6432
Standard cylinder, double-acting built-in magnet, rubber bumper
Part number with
Auto switch mounting style
Rail mounting
Band mounting
Cylinder Ø
(mm)
Standard strokes
(mm)
8
10
12
16
20
25
10, 25, 40, 50, 80, 100
(Max.400)
10, 25, 40, 50, 80, 100,
125, 160, 200, (max. 400)
10, 25, 40, 50, 80, 100,
125, 160, 200, 250, 300,
(max. 1000)
CD85N8- * -A
CD85N10- * -A
CD85N12- * -A
CD85N16- * -A
CD85N20- * -A
CD85N25- * -A
Circuit Symbol
CD85N8- * -B
CD85N10- * -B
CD85N12- * -B
CD85N16- * -B
CD85N20- * -B
CD85N25- * -B
* Stroke length
Double-acting, non-rotating, built-in magnet
Part number with
Auto switch mounting style
Band mounting
Rail mounting
Standard strokes
(mm)
Bore size
(mm)
8
10, 25, 40, 50, 80, 100,
(max. 400)
10
12
10, 25, 40, 50, 80, 100,
125, 160, 200
(max. 400)
16
20
10, 25, 40, 50, 80, 100,
125, 160, 200, 250, 300
(max. 1000)
25
CD85KN8- * -A
Circuit Symbols
CD85KN8- * -A
CD85KN10- * -A CD85KN10- * -A
CD85KN12- * -A CD85KN12- * -A
CD85KN16- * -A CD85KN16- * -A
CD85KN20- * -A CD85KN20- * -B
CD85KN25- * -A CD85KN25- * -B
* Stroke length
Ø 8, 10 and 16 on request
6
Double-acting, adjustable cushion, built-in magnet
Bore size
(mm)
Standard strokes
(mm)
Part number with
Auto switch mounting style
Rail mounting
Band mounting
10
10, 25, 40, 50, 80, 100
(Max.400)
CD85N10- * C-A CD85N10- * C-B
12
16
20
25
10, 25, 40, 50, 80, 100, CD85N12- *
125, 160, 200 (max. 400) CD85N16- *
10, 25, 40, 50, 80, 100, CD85N20- *
125, 160, 200, 250, 300
CD85N25- *
(max. 1000)
C-A
C-A
C-A
C-A
CD85N12CD85N16CD85N20CD85N25-
*
*
*
*
Circuit Symbol
C-B
C-B
C-B
C-B
* Stroke length
A wide variety of different designs is
available, such as double piston rods,
alternative cylinder head cover designs,
without magnet, single-acting, etc.
Mounting band for auto switch mounting
Bore size
8
10
12
16
BJ2-008
BJ2-010
BJ2-012 BJ2-016
20
BM2-020
25
BM2-025
Possible auto switches
Band mounting
D-C73L, D-C73CZ, D-C80L
NPN: D-H7A1L, PNP:D-H7A2L
Reed
3-wire solid state
Rail mounting
D-A73L, D-A79WL
NPN: D-F79L, PNP:D-F7PL
D-M9BWL
Reed
3-wire, solid state
2-wire solid state/2 colour
Accessories C85
Foot (2 pcs.)
Foot (1 pc.)
+ 1 nut
ø
(mm)
8
10
12
16
20
25
Flange
Trunnion
Clevis
Single
Double
Floating joint
knuckle joint knuckle joint
C85L10A
C85L10B
C85F10
C85T10
C85C10
KJ4D
GKM4-8
JA10-4-070
C85L16A
C85L16B
C85F16
C85T16
C85C16
KJ6D
GKM6-12
JA15-6-100
C85L25A
C85L25B
C85F25
C85T25
C85C25
KJ8D
KJ10D
GKM8-16 JA20-8-125
GKM10-20 JA30-10-125
* other tube diameters on request
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
103
Linear Actuators
• Single or double acting.
• Cylinders with adjustable cushion
from Ø 10 mm.
• Cylinder body made from corrosion
resistant materials.
• Two options for autoswitch mounting
possible using band or rail.
• Special seals fitted as standard
for oil-free operation and band low
friction type.
Linear Actuators
Standard Cylinders
Standard ISO Cylinders
Piston rod
ø (mm)
Rod end
thread
Port Size
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
12
16
20
20
25
30
32
40
40
50
M10x1,25
M12x1,25
M16x1.5
M16x1.5
M20x1,5
M20x1,5
M27x2
M36x2
M36x2
M42x2
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G1
C95
Series C95
Bore size
(mm)
Linear Actuators
6
Other design variations, such as, for
example dual stroke cylinders, tandem
cylinders, with built-in positioner, etc. are
available.
Bore size
(mm)
C95
• Standard VDMA cylinders in tierod
design with standard outside
dimensions according to VDMA 24562.
• Standard fixings.
• Bore sizes ø 32 – 250 mm (C95).
• Standard mounting brackets for all
mounting options.
• Non-lube operation.
• SMC piston gasket achieves
considerably reduced friction, which
increases the efficiency and extends
the service life.
• Auto switch mounting by tie-rod or
band mounting.
• Autoswitches can be supplied as
Reed switches or solid state switches.
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
Operating
Cylinder speed
pressure range
50 ~ 1.000
mm/sec
0,05~1MPa
50 ~ 700 mm/sec
50 ~ 500
mm/sec
(*) Standard Strokes
Part no.
25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500
25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500
25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600
25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600
25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800
25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800
25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 1200
25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 1200
25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 1200
25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 1200
C95SDB32-*
C95SDB40-*
C95SDB50-*
C95SDB63-*
C95SDB80-*
C95SDB100-*
C95SDB125-*
C95SDB160-*
C95SDB200-*
C95SDB250-*
Possible auto switches/Mounting accesories
Auto switch
Bore size
mounting
32
40
50
63
80
100
BMB4-032
Mini-tie-rod
BA4-063
BMB4-050
D-Z73L, D-Z80L, D-Y59BL, D-Y7PL
Auto switch
Standard tie-rod
BT-03
BT-06
BT-05
D-A53L, D-A54L, D-F5PL,
switch
Mounting band BMB1-032 BMB1-040 BMB1-050 BMB1-063 BMB1-080 BMB1-0100
Autoswitch
D-A44
125 160 200 250
BA4-080 BS4-160
D-Z/Y
BT-08
BT-16
BT-20
D-A5/A6F5/J5
BS1-125 BS1-160 BS1-200 D-A3/A4/K3/G3
Piston rod
of the C95 - non-rotating
(Bore size 32 to 100 mm)
Mounting Accessories
Mounting Bracket for C95
Bore size Foot
(mm)
(2 pc.)
Flange
Double rear Single rear Angled rear
Double
Single
Single rear Double rear
clevis with clevis with Angled rear Trunnion pivot Knuckle Joint Knuckle Joint Flotating
clevis
clevis
bracket
clevis
clevis
Joint
ball joint
(for ES accessory) ball joint
(ISO 8139) (ISO 8140)
CS5032
ES5032
D5032
E5032
C5032
DS5032
GKM10-20 JA30-10-125
C95-S03
KJ10D
32
L5032
F5032
40
L5040
F5040
C5040
D5040
DS5040
CS5040
ES5040
E5040
C95-S04
KJ12D
GKM12-24 JA40-12-125
50
L5050
F5050
C5050
D5050
DS5050
CS5050
ES5050
E5050
C95-S04
KJ16D
GKM16-32 JA50-16-150
63
L5063
F5063
C5063
D5063
DS5063
CS5063
ES5063
E5063
C95-S06
KJ16D
GKM16-32 JA50-16-150
80
L5080
F5080
C5080
D5080
DS5080
CS5080
ES5080
E5080
C95-S06
KJ20D
GKM20-40 JAH50-20-150
DS5100
CS5100
ES5100
E5100
C95-S10
KJ20D
GKM20-40 JAH50-20-150
100
L5100
F5100
C5100
D5100
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
104
Linear Actuators
Standard Cylinders
Standard Cylinder ISO/VDMA
Series CP95
Bore size
(mm)
Piston rod Ø
(mm)
Rod end
thread
Port
sizes
Cushion stroke
(mm)
Operating
pressure
range
32
40
50
63
80
100
12
16
20
20
25
30
M10x1,25
M12x1,25
M16x1.5
M16x1.5
M20x1,5
M20x1,5
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
0.05 - 1 MPa
125
32
M27x2
G1/2
19
19
24
24
30
30
Pool side 31
Head Size 29
Profile tube cylinders
Standard
Bore size
(mm)
CP95
• ISO/VDMA Standard cylinders in
profile design with integrated tie-rods.
• Bore sizes ø 32 – 125 mm.
• Integrated magnet and adjustable
cushion fitted as standard.
• New floating cushion means smooth
extension stroke.
• Auto switches fully integrated
into the body.
• Flat cylinder covers, means reducing
likelihood of contamination by dirt.
• Dust proof by virtue of the autoswitch
generator groove covering.
32
40
50
63
80
100
(*) Standard Strokes
Part no.
25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500
25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500
25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600
25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600
25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800
25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800
CP95SDB32-*
CP95SDB40-*
CP95SDB50-*
CP95SDB63-*
CP95SDB80-*
CP95SDB100-*
(*) Standard Strokes
Part no.
25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500
25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500
25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600
25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600
25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800
25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800
CP95KDB32-*
CP95KDB40-*
CP95KDB50-*
CP95KDB63-*
CP95KDB80-*
CP95KDB100-*
Non-rotate
Other special styles:
Low friction type.
Optional extension or retraction stroke.
High temperature type.
32
40
50
63
80
100
6
Linear Actuators
CP95
Bore size
(mm)
Piston rod of CP95K, non-rotating
Mounting Accessories
Mounting Bracket for CP95
Bore size Foot
(mm)
(2 pc.)
Flange
32
L5032
F5032
40
L5040
F5040
Double rear Single rear Angled rear
Double
Single
Single rear Double rear
clevis with clevis with Angled rear Trunnion pivot Knuckle Joint Knuckle Joint Flotating
clevis
clevis
bracket
clevis
clevis
Joint
ball joint
(for ES accessory) ball joint
(ISO 8139) (ISO 8140)
CS5032
ES5032
D5032
E5032
C5032
DS5032
GKM10-20 JA30-10-125
C95-S03
KJ10D
C5040
D5040
DS5040
CS5040
ES5040
E5040
C95-S04
KJ12D
GKM12-24 JA40-12-125
ES5050
E5050
C95-S04
KJ16D
GKM16-32 JA50-16-150
50
L5050
F5050
C5050
D5050
DS5050
CS5050
63
L5063
F5063
C5063
D5063
DS5063
CS5063
ES5063
E5063
C95-S06
KJ16D
GKM16-32 JA50-16-150
80
L5080
F5080
C5080
D5080
DS5080
CS5080
ES5080
E5080
C95-S06
KJ20D
GKM20-40 JAH50-20-150
100
L5100
F5100
C5100
D5100
DS5100
CS5100
ES5100
E5100
C95-S10
KJ20D
GKM20-40 JAH50-20-150
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
105
Linear Actuators
Compact Cylinders
Mini-free Mount
Series CUJ
Part no.
double acting
Bore size
(mm)
Stroke
length (mm)
Port
thread
Operating
pressure (MPa)
Auto switch
CUJB4- * D
CUJB6- * D
CUJB8- * D
CUJB10- * D
CDUJB6- * D
CDUJB8- * D
CDUJB10- * D
4
6
8
10
6
8
10
4, 6, 8,10, 15, 20
4, 6, 8
10, 15, 20, 25, 30
M3
0.15 ~ 0.7
–
4, 6, 8
10, 15, 20, 25, 30
M3
0.1 ~ 0.7
3-wire solid state
NPN: D-F8NL
PNP: D-F8 PL
2 wire D-F8BL
0.15 ~ 0.7
0.1 ~ 0.7
* Stroke length
Single acting: please use “S” instead of “D”, e.g. CDUJB10-10S.
Not all strokes can be provided.
With rod end thread: Use ”M” e.g..: CDUJB10-10DM.
• Significantly reduced dimensions
compared to Series CU.
• ~ 64% reduced overall length.
• ~ 70% reduced weight.
• Simple maintenance, since piston rod
cover is removable.
Length is shortened by approx. 64% max.
Volume is reduced by approx. 70% max.
CU
CUJ
(As compared with SMC Series CU cylinders without magnet)
Dimensions (Without magnet)
b
Bore size
(mm)
B
A
a
ke
C+
ro
St
c+
4
6
8
10
ke
tro
S
(mm)
A(a)
B(b)
C(c)
10( — )
15( — )
13( — )
13(13)
19(22)
13(33)
13( — )
21( — )
13( — )
13.5(15)
22(24)
13(36)
Numbers in parentheses are the dimensions of SMC Series CU cylinders.
Linear Actuators
6
Free Mount Cylinder
Series CDU/CDUK
• Autoswitch can be integrated
in the body.
Standard
Part no.
Bore size
(mm)
CDU6- * D
CDU10- * D
CDU16- * D
CDU20- * D
CDU25- * D
CDU32TF- * D
Non-rotation rod
6
10
16
20
25
32
CDUK6- * D
CDUK10- * D
CDUK16- * D
CDUK20- * D
CDUK25- * D
CDUK32TF- * D
6
10
16
20
25
32
Standard strokes Rod end
Port Size
thread
(mm)
5, 10, 15, 20,
25, 30, 40, 50, 60
5, 10, 15, 20,
25, 30, 40, 50, 60,
70, 80, 90, 100
5, 10, 15, 20,
25, 30, 40, 50, 60
5, 10, 15, 20,
25, 30, 40, 50, 60,
70, 80, 90, 100
M3
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M3
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
Possible auto
switches
Reed
M5
G1/8
D-A93L
3 wire solid state:
NPN: D-M9NL
PNP: D-M9PL
2 wire solid state:
M5
D-M9BAL
G1/8
* Stroke length
Mounting
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
106
Linear Actuators
Compact Cylinders
Free Mount Cylinder for Vacuum
Series ZCDUKC
Part no.
ZCDUKC10ZCDUKC16ZCDUKC20ZCDUKC25ZCDUKC32TF-
*
*
*
*
*
Bore size
(mm)
Stroke
(mm)
10
16
20
25
32
5, 10, 15, 20,
25, 30
D
D
D
D
D
5, 10, 15, 20,
25, 30, 40, 50
Rod end
Possible suction
Port Size
thread
pads
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M5
see
Section Vacuum
G1/8
* Stroke length
Possible signal generators
Reed
3-wire, solid state/2 colour
2-wire solid state/2 colour
• Direct mounting of the suction pads
on the hollow, double piston rod.
• Fixed vacuum port at the rear end of
the cylinder.
• No interfering tubes around the
work piece.
• No moving hoses.
• Non-rotationg piston rod.
• Miniature auto switches in standard
design.
• Compact design, smooth outside
surface means simple installation.
D-A93L
NPN: D-M9NWL, PNP:D-M9PWL
D-M9BWL
Model for
VACUUM Applications
Linear Actuators
6
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
107
Linear Actuators
Compact Cylinders
Compact Cylinder
Series CQS
Standard cylinder, double-acting, without auto swicth
Bore size
(mm)
Part no.
CQSB12CQSB16CQSB20CQSB25-
*
*
*
*
12
16
20
25
D
D
D
D
* Stroke length
Long strokes can be provided:
• Ø 12•16•20•25 mm.
• Flexible auto switch mounting
on 3 or 4 sides.
• Auto switch fully integrated in the body.
• Square-section body style ensures full
flexibility in design projects.
• Through-hole/Both ends tapped
common (Standard).
• A wide variety of mounting options
is available.
Strokes
(mm)
Port sizes
5,10,15,20,25,30
M5
5,10,15,20,25,30,35,
40,45,50
M5
ø12, 16 = 35, 40, 45, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200
ø20 = 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200
ø25 = 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300
Standard cylinder, double-acting, with auto swicth
Bore size
(mm)
Part no.
CDQSB12CDQSB16CDQSB20CDQSB25-
*
*
*
*
D
D
D
D
12
16
20
25
* Stroke length
Long strokes can be provided:
Standard strokes
(mm)
Port sizes
5,10,15,20,25,30
M5
5,10,15,20,25,30,35,
40,45,50
M5
Circuit Symbol
ø12, 16 = 35, 40, 45, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200
ø20 = 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200
ø25 = 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300
Compact cylinders, anti-lateral load type. Series
6
Circuit Symbol
CQSS
Linear Actuators
The permissible load at the piston rod end, in this version, is twice that of the simple
CQS series. The wear ring and bumper are standard on this type.
Example:
Compact cylinder Ø12, Stroke 20 mm, built-in magnet, double-acting, elastic rubber bumper
CDQSBS12-20DC
Possible auto switches
D-A93L , D-A90L
NPN: D-M9NWL, PNP:D-M9PWL
D-M9BWL
Reed:
3 wire solid state:
2 wire solid state:
Mounting Bracket Part No.
Bore size
(mm)
Foot*
Flange
Double Clevis**
12
16
20
25
CQS-L012
CQS-L016
CQS-L020
CQS-L025
CQS-F012
CQS-F016
CQS-F020
CQS-F025
CQS-D012
CQS-D016
CQS-D020
CQS-D025
* 2 pcs. per cylinder should be ordered when foot brackets are required.
** Package for double clevis contains clevis pin and snap ring.
Note: Each package contains the following parts:
Foot, Flange: Body mounting bolt
Double clevis: Clevis pin, C shape snap ring for axis, body mounting bolt.
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
108
Linear Actuators
Compact Cylinders
Series CQM
• Ø12•16•20•25•32•40•50•63•80•
100 mm.
• Lateral Load Resisting 2–4times
(Compared to compact cylinder
series CQ).
• Non-rotating accuracy ±0.2° or less.
• Load can be directly mounted.
• Compatible mounting dimensions
with the series CQS, CQ2.
Standard cylinder, double-acting, without auto swicth
Bore size
(mm)
Part no.
12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
CQMB12- *
CQMB16- *
CQMB20- *
CQMB25- *
CQMB32TF- *
CQMB40TF- *
CQMB50TF- *
CQMB63TF- *
CQMB80TF- *
CQMB100TF- *
Strokes
(mm)
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35,
40, 45, 50
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35,
40, 45, 50, 75, 100
10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35,
40, 45, 50, 75, 100
Port sizes
Circuit Symbol
M5
M5
M5
M5
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
* Stroke length
*** Others strokes, please consult SMC.
Standard cylinder, double-acting, with auto swicth
Bore size
(mm)
Part no.
12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
CDQMB12- *
CDQMB16- *
CDQMB20- *
CDQMB25- *
CDQMB32TF- *
CDQMB40TF- *
CDQMB50TF- *
CDQMB63TF- *
CDQMB80TF- *
CDQMB100TF- *
Strokes
(mm)
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35,
40, 45, 50
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35,
40, 45, 50, 75, 100
10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35,
40, 45, 50, 75, 100
Port sizes
Circuit Symbol
M5
M5
M5
M5
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
6
* Stroke length
*** Others strokes, please consult SMC.
ISO Standard [ISO 21287]
Compact Cylinder
Series C55
Standard cylinder, double-acting, without auto swicth
Bore size
(mm)
Part no.
C55B20C55B25C55B32C55B40C55B50C55B63-
20
25
32
40
50
63
*
*
*
*
*
*
Strokes
(mm)
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35,
40, 45, 50, 60, 80, 100,
125, 150
Port sizes
Circuit Symbol
M5
M5
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
* Stroke length
*** Others strokes, please consult SMC.
Standard cylinder, double-acting, with auto swicth
• Ø20•25•32•40•50•63 mm.
• Standard ISO compact cylinders
comply to ISO21287.
Bore size
(mm)
Part no.
CD55B20CD55B25CD55B32CD55B40CD55B50CD55B63-
20
25
32
40
50
63
*
*
*
*
*
*
Strokes
(mm)
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35,
40, 45, 50, 60, 80, 100,
125, 150
Port sizes
Circuit Symbol
M5
M5
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
* Stroke length
*** Others strokes, please consult SMC.
Mounting Bracket Part No.
Bore size
(mm)
Foot*
Flange
Single Clevis**
20
25
32
40
50
63
C55-L020
C55-L025
C55-L032
C55-L040
C55-L050
C55-L063
C55-F020
C55-F025
C55-F032
C55-F040
C55-F050
C55-F063
C55-C020
C55-C025
C55-C032
C55-C040
C55-C050
C55-C063
* Order two foot brackets per
cylinder.
** Parts belonging to each bracket are as follows. Foot, Flange,
Single clevis/Body mounting
bolt.
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
109
Linear Actuators
Compact Cylinder
Guide Rod Type
Linear Actuators
Compact Cylinders
Compact cylinder
Series CQ2
• Compact length cylinder.
• Bore sizes ø 12 – 200 mm.
• Stroke range 5 – 300 mm.
• Cylinder function double-acting,
single-acting with spring, optional
spring return or spring extend.
• Optionally with rubber bumper
cushion.
• Autoswitch for stroke end detection
with LED in 2-wire design.
• Auto switch mounting in grooves
or on mounting rails.
Linear Actuators
6
Standard cylinder, double-acting, without magnetic ring
Part no.
Bore size
(mm)
CQ2B12- * D
CQ2B16- * D
CQ2B20- * D
CQ2B25- * D
ECQ2B32- * D
ECQ2B40- * D
ECQ2B50- * D
ECQ2B63- * D
ECQ2B80- * D
ECQ2B100- * D
ECQ2B125- * DC
ECQ2B140- * DC
ECQ2B160- * DC
ECQ2B180- * DC
ECQ2B200- * DC
12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
140
160
180
200
Stroke lengths
(mm)
Connection
Circuit Symbols
sizes
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30
M5
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35,
40, 45, 50
M5
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35,
40, 45, 50, 75, 100,***
M5** / G1/8
G1/8
10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35,
40, 45, 50, 75, 100,***
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75,
100,****
G1/2
* Stroke length
** with 5 mm stroke
*** Strokes 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300 mm in version ECQ2A Ø - *** DC
**** Strokes 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300 mm
M: Male rod option add at the end of the reference.
Standard cylinder, double-acting, with magnetic ring
Part no.
Bore size
(mm)
CDQ2B12- * D
CDQ2B16- * D
CDQ2B20- * D
CDQ2B25- * D
ECDQ2B32- * D
ECDQ2B40- * D
ECDQ2B50- * D
ECDQ2B63- * D
ECDQ2B80- * D
ECDQ2B100- * D
ECDQ2B125- * DC
ECDQ2B140- * DC
ECDQ2B160- * DC
ECDQ2B180- * DC
ECDQ2B200- * DC
12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
140
160
180
200
Standard strokes
(mm)
Port sizes
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30
M5
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35,
40, 45, 50
M5
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35,
40, 45, 50, 75, 100,***
G1/8”
10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35,
40, 45, 50, 75, 100,***
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75,
100,****
Circuit Symbol
G1/4”
G3/8”
G3/8”
G1/2”
* Stroke length
*** Strokes 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300 mm in version ECQ2A Ø - *** DC
**** Strokes 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300 mm
M: Male rod option add at the end of the reference.
Cylinder, double rod, double-acting, with magnet
Part no.
Bore size
(mm)
CDQ2WB12- * D
CDQ2WB16- * D
CDQ2WB20- * D
CDQ2WB25- * D
ECDQ2WB32- * D
ECDQ2WB40- * D
ECDQ2WB50- * D
ECDQ2WB63- * D
ECDQ2WB80- * D
ECDQ2WB100- * D
ECDQ2WB125- * DC
ECDQ2WB140- * DC
ECDQ2WB160- * DC
ECDQ2WB180- * DC
ECDQ2WB200- * DC
12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
140
160
180
200
* Stroke length
Longer strokes on request
Standard strokes
(mm)
Port sizes
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30
M5
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35,
40, 45, 50,
M5
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35,
40, 45, 50, 75, 100,
G1/8
10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35,
40, 45, 50, 75, 100,
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75,
100,
Circuit Symbol
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
Type without magnet: without D, e.g.: CQ2WB12-5D
M: Male rod option add at the end of the reference.
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
110
Linear Actuators
Compact Cylinders
Cylinder, non-rotating, double-acting, built-in magnet
Part no.
CDQ2KB12- * D
CDQ2KB16- * D
CDQ2KB20- * D
CDQ2KB25- * D
ECDQ2KB32- * D
ECDQ2KB40- * D
ECDQ2KB50- * D
ECDQ2KB63- * D
Bore size
(mm)
12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
Standard strokes
(mm)
Port sizes
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30
M5
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35,
40, 45, 50
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35,
40, 45, 50, 75, 100
10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35,
40, 45, 50, 75, 100
Circuit Symbol
M5
G1/8
G1/4
* Stroke length
Type without magnet: without D, e.g.: CQ2KB12-5D
M: Male rod option add at the end of the reference.
Cylinder, single acting, spring return, without magnet
CQ2B12- * S
CQ2B16- * S
CQ2B20- * S
CQ2B25- * S
ECQ2B32- * S
ECQ2B40- * S
ECQ2B50- * S
Bore size
(mm)
12
16
20
25
32
40
50
Standard strokes
(mm)
Port sizes
5, 10
M5
5, 10
M5
5, 10
10, 20
Circuit Symbol
M5** / G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
* Stroke length
** with 5 mm stroke
M: Male rod option add at the end of the reference.
6
Cylinder, single-acting, spring-extend, without magnet
Part no.
CQ2B12- * T
CQ2B16- * T
CQ2B20- * T
CQ2B25- * T
ECQ2B32- * T
ECQ2B40- * T
ECQ2B50- * T
Bore size
(mm)
12
16
20
25
32
40
50
Standard strokes
(mm)
Port sizes
5, 10
M5
5, 10
M5
5, 10
10, 20
Circuit Symbol
M5** / G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
* Stroke length
** with 5 mm stroke
M: Male rod option add at the end of the reference.
Mounting Bracket Part No.
Bore size
(mm)
Foot*
Flange
Double Clevis**
12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
CQ-L012
CQ-L016
CQ-L020
CQ-L025
CQ-L032
CQ-L040
CQ-L050
CQ-L063
CQ-F012
CQ-F016
CQ-F020
CQ-F025
CQ-F032
CQ-F040
CQ-F050
CQ-F063
CQ-D012
CQ-D016
CQ-D020
CQ-D025
CQ-D032
CQ-D040
CQ-D050
CQ-D063
* 2 pcs. per cylinder should be ordered when foot brackets are required.
** Package for double clevis contains clevis pin and snap ring.
Note: Each package contains the following parts:
Foot, Flange: Body mounting bolt
Double clevis: Clevis pin, C shape snap ring for axis, body mounting bolt.
Note2: Mountings need to be used with ECQ2”A”... version.
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
111
Linear Actuators
Part no.
Linear Actuators
Compact Cylinders
Compact cylinder
with Air Cushion
Series RQ
Part no.
Bore size Standard Strokes
Port Size
(mm)
(mm)
RDQB20- *
RDQB25- *
RDQB32TF- *
RDQB40TF- *
RDQB50TF- *
RDQB63TF- *
RDQB80TF- *
RDQB100TF- *
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
15, 20, 25,
30, 40, 50
20, 25, 30, 40,
50, 75, 100
30, 40, 50,
75, 100
40, 50, 75,
100
M5
G 1/8
G 1/4
G 3/8
Foot
Flange
Double
clevis
CQS-L020
CQS-L025
CQ-L032
CQ-L040
CQ-L050
CQ-L063
CQ-L080
CQ-L0100
CQS-F020
CQS-F025
CQ-F032
CQ-F040
CQ-F050
CQ-F063
CQ-F080
CQ-F0100
CQS-D020
CQS-D025
CQ-D032
CQ-D040
CQ-D050
CQ-D063
CQ-D080
CQ-D100
* Stroke length
• Uses a unique air cushion mechanism
with no cushion ring.
• Noise reduction and improvement in
repeatability.
• Wide size variations from ø20 to ø100.
• Minimal extended dimensions from +
2.5mm to 13mm.
• Nearly three times the allowable
kinetic energy.
• Interchangeable mounting for CQ2
and CQS.
6 Plate Cylinder with
Linear Actuators
elliptical piston design
Series MU
• Cylinder with elliptical piston means
piston rod cannot rotate and the
thickness is reduced.
• Cylinder head with all-round mounting
holes, additional mounting elements
can be used.
• Piston rod end with either male
or female thread.
• Auto switch for stroke end detection
with LED in 2-wire design can be
mounted on two sides.
Standard
Part no.
Bore size
(mm)
Stroke lengths
(mm)
Port Size
MDUB25MDUB32MDUB40MDUB50MDUB63-
25
32
40
50
63
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30,
35, 40, 45, 50, 75
100, 125, 150, 175
200, 250, 300
M5
Rc(PT)1/8
Rc(PT)1/8
Rc(PT)1/4
Rc(PT)1/4
25
32
40
50
63
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30,
35, 40, 45, 50, 75,
100, 125, 150, 175,
200, 250, 300
* D(M)
* D(M)
* D(M)
* D(M)
* D(M)
Double rod style
MDUWB25- * D(M)
MDUWB32- * D(M)
MDUWB40- * D(M)
MDUWB50- * D(M)
MDUWB63- * D(M)
M5
Rc(PT)1/8
Rc(PT)1/8
Rc(PT)1/4
Rc(PT)1/4
Possible auto
switches
Reed
D-A73 , D-A80
D-79WL
3 wire solid state:
NPN: D-F79L
PNP: D-F7PL
2 wire solid state:
D-J79L
* Stroke length
Mounting brackets
Diameter
Ø25
Foot
MU-L02
Flange
MU-F02
Single clevis
MU-C02
Double clevis
MU-D02
Ø32
MU-L03
MU-F03
MU-C03
MU-D03
Ø40
MU-L04
MU-F04
MU-C04
MU-D04
Ø50
MU-L05
MU-F05
MU-C05
MU-D05
Ø63
MU-L06
MU-F06
MU-C06
MU-D06
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
112
Linear Actuators
Combination Cylinders
Compact Slide
Series MXH
Part no.
Ø
(mm)
Standard strokes
(mm)
Port Size
Cylinder speed
MXH6- *
MXH10- *
MXH16- *
MXH20- *
6
10
16
20
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30,
40, 50, 60
M5
50 ~ 500 mm/
sec
* Stroke
Possible signal generators
D-A93L, D-A90L,
NPN: D-M9NWL, PNP:D-M9PWL
D-M9BWL
Reed:
• Sizes Ø 6 – 20 mm,
Strokes up to 60 mm.
• Combination of guide unit and actuator.
• Improved moment absorption, excellent
guide accuracy.
• Compact body design.
• Universal mounting option as a result of
tapped and through holes on the slide
and the body.
• Auto switch for stroke end detection with
LED can be integrated in the body.
• Compared to MXU series, allowable
moment is approximately 6 times
improved.
3 wire solid state/2 colour:
2 wire solid state/2colour:
Application examples
Pick&Place
Positioning
Vacuum
Measuring
Compact Slide
Series MXU
Ø Standard Strokes
(mm)
(mm)
Part no.
MXU6- *
MXU10- *
MXU16- *
6
10
16
Port Size
Cylinder speed
M5
50 ~ 500 mm/
sec
5, 10
15, 20
25, 30
* Stroke
• Sizes Ø 6 – 16 mm.
• The miniature linear guide improves
the linear movement and non-rotating
accuracy of the cylinder with a
worktable.
• Displacement accuracy against
moments.
• Parallel traveling (No load), 0.05mm
or less.
• Mounting is possible in three directions.
• Auto switch can be mounted.
Universal mounting
Vertical mounting (Body tapped)
3 in parallel
(Dispenser)
Lateral mounting (Body through hole)
Parts transfer
Axial mounting (Body tapped)
Lateral mounting (Body tapped) Positioning pin
Precision adsorption
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
113
Linear Actuators
6
Linear Actuators
Combination Cylinders
Compact Slide with
Precision Guide
Series MXS
Standard version is without stroke setting units
Standard strokes
Ø
Part no.
(mm)
(mm)
MXS6- *
MXS8- *
MXS12- *
MXS16- *
MXS20TF- *
MXS25TF- *
6
8
12
16
20
25
Port Size
10, 20, 30, 40, 50
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75,
100, 125, 150
Stroke adjustment
range optional
M3
0 - 5 mm
0 - 15 mm
0 - 25 mm
M5
G1/8”
* Stroke
Linear Actuators
6
• Sizes ø 6 –25 mm,
Strokes max. 150 mm.
• Combination of guide unit and dual-rod
actuator.
• Heavy-duty cam follower guide without
backlash.
• Stroke adjustment possible at both end
positions, each 0 – 5 mm (0-15, 0-25 mm).
• Cushion by rubber bumpers or shockabsorber.
• Universal mounting option (tapped
and through holes) on the slide and
in the body.
• Stoppers can be fitted on the right or
left side of the body (Symmetric Type).
• Auto switch for stroke end detection
with LED can be integrated in the
body.
Stroke adjustment
units
•
A
B
MXS• Setting Range
With rubber stopper
With shock-absorbers (except Ø 6 mm)
•
S
T
per side for version A
– 0 - 5 mm
X11 0 - 15 mm
X12* 0 - 25 mm
* not available for Ø 6 mm
X11 and X12 are not available
for shock absorber type.
•
Standard MXQ
L
Mirror-image MXQ
Extension stroke adjustment
Retraction stroke adjustment
Bore size •
6 6 mm
8 8 mm
12 12 mm
16 16 mm
20 20 mm
25 25 mm
Possible signal generators
Reed:
3 wire solid state/2 colour:
2 wire solid state/2colour:
D-A93L, D-A90L,
NPN: D-M9NWL, PNP:D-M9PWL
D-M9BWL
A wide variety of options and designs is available.
Compact Slide with
recirculating ball bearing
Series MXQ
Pat no.
MXQ6- *
MXQ8- *
MXQ12- *
MXQ16- *
MXQ20TF- *
MXQ25TF- *
Ø
(mm)
Standard strokes
(mm)
6
8
12
16
20
25
10, 20, 30, 40, 50
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125
10, 20, 30, 40, 50,
75, 100, 125, 150
Port Size Stroke adjustment
range
0 ~ 5 mm
0 ~ 15 mm
0 ~ 25 mm
M5
G1/8”
* Stroke length
Stroke adjusting units
• Sizes 6 - 25 mm.
• Strokes up to 150 mm.
• Combined guide unit and double
dual-rod actuator.
• Integrated recirculating ball
bearing for increased moment
loads and guide accuracy.
• Slide made from hardened
stainless steel.
• A wide variety of designs are
available as options.
•
A
B
C
•
S
T
MXQWith rubber stopper
• Setting Range
With shock-absorbers (except Ø 6 mm)
With metal stopper
per side for version A
– 0 - 5 mm
X11 0 - 15 mm
X12* 0 - 25 mm
Extension stroke adjustment
Retraction stroke adjustment
Bore size Ø •
6 6 mm
8 8 mm
12 12 mm
16 16 mm
20 20 mm
25 25 mm
* not available for Ø 6 mm
X11 and X12 are not available for
shock absorber type.
•
L
Standard MXQ
Mirror-image MXQ
Possible signal generators
Reed:
3 wire solid state/2 colour:
2 wire solid state/2colour:
D-A93L, D-A90L,
NPN: D-M9NWL, PNP:D-M9PWL
D-M9BWL
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
114
Linear Actuators
Combination Cylinders
Mini Compact Slide
Series MXF
Part no.
Ø
(mm)
Standard strokes
(mm)
Port Size
MXF8- *
MXF12- *
MXF16- *
MXF20- *
8
12
16
20
10,20,30
20,30,50
30,50,75
30,50,75,100
M3
Stroke adjustment
range
0 ~ 5mm
both sides
M5
* Stroke length
Possible signal generators
D-A93L, D-A90L,
NPN: D-M9NWL, PNP:D-M9PWL
D-M9BWL
Reed:
• Sizes ø 8 – 20 mm,
Strokes up to 100 mm.
• Combination of guide unit and
actuator (small profile design).
• Cam follower guide without backlash.
• Universal mounting option
(tapped and through holes) on the
slide and in the body.
• Stroke adjustment on both sides.
• Auto switch with LED and 2-wire
design can be integrated in the body.
3 wire solid state/2 colour:
2 wire solid state/2colour:
Compact Slide with
Precision Guide
Series MXW
Ø
(mm)
Part no.
MXW8- * **
MXW12- * **
MXW16- * **
EMXW20- * **
EMXW25- * **
* Stroke length
** Stopper:
8
12
16
20
25
Standard strokes
(mm)
Port Size
25,50,75,100,125,150
50,75,100,125,150
75,100,125,150,175,200
100,125,150,175,200,225,250
100,125,150,175,200,225,250,275,300
M5
Stroke adjustment
range
5 mm
both sides
G1/8”
- : Rubber stopper
B : Shock-absorber
Possible signal generators
• Sizes ø 8 – 25 mm,
Strokes up to 300 mm.
• Combination of guide unit and dual-rod
actuator.
• Recirculating ball bearing guide
without backlash.
• Stroke adjustment at both end positions
each 0 – 5 mm.
• Universal mounting option (tapped
and throug holes) on the slide and body.
• Auto switch with LED and 2 – wire
design can be integrated in the body.
Reed:
3 wire solid state/2 colour:
2 wire solid state/2colour:
D-A93L, D-A90L,
NPN: D-M9NWL, PNP:D-M9PWL
D-M9BWL
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
115
Linear Actuators
6
Linear Actuators
Combination Cylinders
Compact Precision Air
Slide Table with Linear Guide
Series MXP
Miniature slide
Part no.
Ø
(mm)
Standard
Strokes (mm)
6
5, 10
Ø
(mm)
Standard
Strokes (mm)
MXPJ6- *
Port Size
Stroke setting
range
Stoppers
–
–
Stroke setting
range
Stoppers
M3
Standard design
Part no.
• Sizes ø 6 – 16 mm, strokes 5-30 mm.
• Mini compact slide unit with precise
ball bearing linear guides.
• Cylinder function double-acting.
• Stroke adjustment in both end MXP
positions (as standard).
• Auto switch for stroke end detection
with LED can be integrated into the
body (except MXPJ6).
• Shock absorber on both sides
available (except MXP6, MXP8).
6
8
10
12
16
MXP6- * **
MXP6- * **
MXP10- * **
MXP12- * **
MXP16- * **
5, 10
10, 20
10, 20
15, 25
20, 30
Port Size
M3
M5
Rubber stopper,
shock-absorber
(except Ø6, Ø8)
metal stoppers
both sides
* Stroke
** Stoppers: – elastic
B Shock-absorber
C Metal stoppers
Possible signal generators
D-A90L, D-A93L,
NPN: D-M9NWL, PNP:D-M9PWL
D-M9BWL
Reed:
3 wire solid state/2 colour:
2 wire solid state/2colour:
Positioning of
Transport Devices
Feed/Positioning
Linear Actuators
6
Compact Slide, long
Stroke type
Series MXY
Part no.
Bore size
(mm)
MXY6- * **
MXY8- * **
MXY12- * **
6
8
12
Standard strokes
Port size
Stroke adjustment
range
Rubber and metal:
50, 100, 150, 200
Centralized
0 - 5 mm
on one side
50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300
Shock-absorber at Ø 12:
M5
50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400
0 - 15 mm
* Stroke length
- …rubber stopper
** Stopper:
C …metal stopper
B …Shock-absorber only available for Ø 12 mm
Possible signal generators
Reed:
3 wire solid state/2 colour:
• Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder
with high-precision recirculating ball
bearing.
• Extremely compact dimensions.
• Long stroke up to 400 mm, at Ø 12 mm
possible.
• Stroke adjustment and auto switch
rail as standard.
2 wire solid state/2colour:
D-A93L, D-A90L,
NPN: D-M9NWL, PNP:D-M9PWL
D-M9BWL
MXY
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
116
Linear Actuators
Combination Cylinders
Precision Guide Cylinders
Series MTS
Part no.
MTS8 - *
MTS12 - * (M)
MTS16 - * (M)
MTS20 - * (M)
MTS25 - * (M)
MTS32TF- * (M)
MTS40TF- * (M)
Bore size
Ø (mm)
Standard strokes
(mm)
Port Size
Cushion
8
12
16
20
25
32
40
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30
M3
Rubber bumper
25, 50, 75, 100,
M5
25, 50, 75, 100,
125, 150, 175, 200
25, 50, 75, 100,
125, 150, 175, 200
Air Cushion
G 1/8”
* Stroke length
• Sizes ø 8 – 40 mm,
Standard strokes up to 200 mm.
• Cylinders with high quality recirculating
ball bearing on the piston rod for improved repeatability and non-rotating
accuracy.
• Double-acting cylinder function, with
air cushion at both ends.
• Mounting possibilities on all four
body sides and the front with reduced
deflection.
• Auto switch for stroke end detection
can be integrated in the body profile.
• End lock, stroke adjustment units are
available as options.
Possible signal generators
Reed:
3 wire solid state/2 colour:
2 wire solid state/2colour:
D-A90L, D-A93L,
NPN: D-M9NWL, PNP:D-M9PWL
D-M9BWL
Pick & Place
Positioning
6
Linear Actuators
MTS with end lock and stroke
adjustment mechanism
on request.
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
117
Linear Actuators
Combination Cylinders
Mechanically Jointed
Rodless Cylinders
Series MY1B
Linear Actuators
6
• Sizes ø 10 - 100 mm,
Strokes up to 5000 mm.
• Guide slide for vertical loading and
longitudinal moments.
• Reduced length as compared to piston
rod cylinders with the same stroke.
• Force-efficient power transmission
between piston and slide.
• Resin seal belt reduces leakage.
• Steel dust seal hand with resin cover
provides optimum protection of the
sealing track.
• Stroke adjusting unit combined with
shock-absorbers and/or adjusters.
• Piping ports either on one side or both
sides.
Part no.
Ø
(mm)
MY1B10G - *
MY1B16G - *
MY1B20G - *
EMY1B25G - *
EMY1B32G - *
EMY1B40G - *
EMY1B50G - *
EMY1B63G - *
EMY1B80G - *
EMY1B100G - *
10
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
Standard strokes **
(mm)
Port Size
100 ~ 2.000
Cushion
Rubber bumper
100 ~ 2.000 (max. 3.000)
M5
G1/8
100 ~ 2.000 (max. 5.000)
G1/4
adjustable
air cushion
G3/8
G1/2
* Stroke length
** Suffix -XB11 in part number for strokes > 2000 mm
Stroke adjustment units
10
Ø (mm)
MY-A10A
Unit A
—
Unit L
MY-A10H
Unit H
Unit A
Unit L
Unit H
16
MY-A16A
—
—
20
MY-A20A
MY-A20L
MY-A20H
25
MY-A25A
MY-A25L
MY-A25H
32
MY-A32A
MY-A32L
MY-A32H
With adjusting bolt
Low load shock absorber + adjusting bolt
High load shock absorber + adjusting bolt
Shock-absorbers for L and H units
Ø (mm)
10
Type L
Type H
RB0805
20
RB0806
RB1007
25
RB1007
RB1412
32
RB1412
RB2015
40
RB1412
RB2015
Stroke adjuster
Side support mounting
Floating bracket mounting
Standard
Bearing Minimal dimensions, ideal for
combination
with external guides
Side supports
Ø (mm)
10
16
20
25 • 32
40 • 50
63
80 • 100
Part No.
MY-S10A
MY-S16A
MY-S20A
MY-S25A
MY-S32A
MY-S40A
MY-S63A
Mounting with floating bracket
Ø (mm)
Part No.
10
MY-J10
16
MY-J16
20
MY-J20
25
MY-J25
32
MY-J32
40
MY-J40
50
MY-J50
63
MY-J63
80
MY-J80
100
MY-J100
Possible auto switches
Ø 10•16•20 mm
Reed:
3 wire solid state/2 colour:
2 wire solid state/2 colour:
D-A93L
NPN: D-M9NWL, PNP:D-M9PWL
D-M9BWL
Ø 25•32•40•50•63•80•100 mm
Reed:
3 wire solid state:
2 wire solid state:
D-Z73L, D-Z80L
NPN: D-Y59AL, PNP:D-Y7PL
D-Y59BL
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
118
40
MY-A40A
MY-A40L
MY-A40H
Linear Actuators
Combination Cylinders
Mechanically Jointed
Rodless Cylinder
Part no.
Series MY1M
MY1M16G - *
MY1M20G - *
EMY1M25G - *
EMY1M32G - *
EMY1M40G - *
EMY1M50G - *
EMY1M63G - *
Ø
(mm)
Standard strokes
(mm)
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
100 ~ 2.000 (max. 3.000)
Port Size
M5
G1/8
100 ~ 2.000 (max. 5.000)
Cushion
G1/4
adjustable
air cushion
G3/8
* Stroke length
Design of the stroke adjustment units
Unit A
Unit L
Unit H
Side supports
Ø (mm)
16
20
25
32
40,50
63
2 wire solid state/2 colour:
Work piece
can be directly
Adjusting
mounted
mechanism
on the slide
6
Ø 10•16•20 mm
3 wire solid state/2 colour:
Bearing
Part No.
MY-S16A
MY-S20A
MY-S25A
MY-S32A
MY-S40A
MY-S63A
Possible auto switches
Reed:
Slide Bearing
With adjusting bolt
Low load shock absorber + adjusting bolt
High load shock absorber + adjusting bolt
Linear Actuators
• Sizes ø 16 – 63 mm, strokes up to
5000 mm.
• Slide with four slide bearing rails for
all loading directions, in addition to
accommodation of longitudinal and
lateral moments .
• Reduced length as compared to piston
rod cylinders with the same stroke.
• Force-efficient power transmission
between piston and slide.
• Resin seal belt reduces leakage.
• Steel dust seal band with resin
cover provides optimum protection of
the sealing track.
• Stroke adjustment unit combined with
shock-absorbers and/or adjusting bolts.
• Piping port either on one side or both sides.
• Auto switch for stroke end detection
and intermediate stroke detection can
be integrated in the body.
Stroke adjustment unit
ø(mm)
Ø16
Ø20
Ø25
Ø32
Ø50
Ø40
Ø63
Type A MYM-A16A MYM-A20A MYM-A25A MYM-A32A MYM-A40A MYM-A50A MYM-A63A
Type L MYM-A16L MYM-A20L MYM-A25L MYM-A32L MYM-A40L MYM-A50L MYM-A63L
Type H MYM-A16H MYM-A20H MYM-A25H MYM-A32H MYM-A40H MYM-A50H MYM-A63H
D-A93L
NPN: D-M9NWL, PNP:D-M9PWL
D-M9BWL
Ø 25•32•40•50•63 mm
Reed:
3 wire solid state:
2 wire solid state:
D-Z73L, D-Z80L
NPN: D-Y59AL, PNP:D-Y7PL
D-Y59BL
Mechanically Jointed
Rodless Cylinder with
Protective Covering
Series MY1*W
• Can be supplied for cylinder series MY1M
and MY1C.
• Provides optimum protection against coarse
contaminants.
• Protective cover can be retro-fitted to
standard cylinders.
• Can be supplied for Ø 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50
and 63 mm.
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
119
Linear Actuators
Combination Cylinders
Mechanically Jointed
Rodless Cylinder
Series
MY1C/MY1H
Series MY1C - Cam follower guides
Part no.
Ø
(mm)
Standard strokes
(mm)
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
100 ~ 2.000 (max. 3.000)
MY1C16G - *
MY1C20G - *
EMY1C25G - *
EMY1C32G - *
EMY1C40G - *
EMY1C50G - *
EMY1C63G - *
Port Size
Cushion
M5
Adjustable
air cushion
G1/8
100 ~ 2.000 (max. 5.000)
G1/4
G3/8
* Stroke length
Series MY1H – linear Guides
Linear Actuators
6
• Sizes MY1C: 16 - 63 mm.
MY1H: 10 - 40 mm.
• Strokes up to 1500 mm (MY1H) or
5000 mm (MY1C).
• Slide table design:
MY1C: with cam follower
guides.
MY1H: recirculating linear
guides.
• For all loading directions, and for the
accommodation of longitudinal and
lateral moments .
• Reduced length as compared to
piston rod cylinders with the same
stroke.
• Force-efficient power transmission
between piston and slide.
• Resin seal belt reduces leakage.
• Steel dust seal band with resin
cover provides optimum protection of
the sealing track.
• Stroke adjusting unit combined with
shock absorbers and adjusting bolts.
• Piping port either on one side or both
sides.
• Auto switch for stroke end detection
and intermediate stroke detection can
be integrated in the body.
Ø
(mm)
Standard strokes**
(mm)
Port Size
MY1H10G - *
MY1H16G - *
MY1H20G - *
EMY1H25G - *
EMY1H32G - *
10
16
20
25
32
50, 100, 150,
200, 250, 300,
350, 400, 450,
500, 550, 600 (máx.1000)
M5
EMY1H40G - *
40
Part no.
50, 100, 150,
200, 250, 300,
350, 400, 450,
500, 550, 600 (máx.1500)
Cushion
Rubber bumper
G1/8
Adjustable
air cushion
G1/4
* Stroke length
** Add “-XB10” to the end of the p/n for non-standard
strokes from 51 to 599. Also when exceding 600mm stroke,specify “-XB11”
at the end of the p/n (except ø10)
Stroke adjustment unit MY1C
Ø (mm)
16
20
Type A
MYM-A16A MYM-A20A
Type L
MYM-A16L MYM-A20L
Type H
–
MYM-A20H
25
MYM-A25A
MYM-A25L
MYM-A25H
32
MYM-A32A
MYM-A32L
MYM-A32H
40
MYM-A40A
MYM-A40L
MYM-A40H
50
MYM-A50A
MYM-A50L
MYM-A50H
Side supports for MY1C
Ø (mm)
16
20
Type A
MY-S16A
MY-S20A
Type B
MY-S16B
MY-S20B
25
MY-S25A
MY-S25B
32
MY-S32A
MY-S32B
40, 50
MY-S40A
MY-S40B
63
MY-S63A
MY-S63B
20
MYH-A20A
MYH-A20L
MYH-A25H
25
MYH-A25A
MYH-A25L
MYH-A25H
32
MYH-A32A
MYH-A32L
MYH-A32H
40
MYH-A40
MYH-A40L
MYH-A40H
63
MYM-A63A
MYM-A63L
MYM-A63H
Side supports for MY1H
Ø (mm)
Type A
Type L
Type H
10
–
–
MYH-A10H
16
MYH-A16A
MYH-A16L
–
Cylinder mounting bracket for MY1H
Ø (mm)
Type A
Type B
Mechanically Jointed
Rodless Cylinder with
Linear Guides on both sides
Series MY1HT
Ø 50 - Ø 63 mm
Maximum loads:
MY1HT50: 2000 N
MY1HT63: 3160 N
10
16
20
25
32
40
MY-S10A MY-S16A MY-S20A MY-S25A MY-S32A MY-S40A
MY-S10B MY-S16B MY-S20B MY-S25B MY-S32B MY-S40B
Design of the stroke adjusting units
Type A
adjustable stopper bolts
Type H
adjustable stopper bolts and shock-absorbers
Side supports
Type A
Type B
Through hole
Tapped hole
Possible auto switches
D-A93L, D-A90L, from Ø 25 mm: D-Z73L, D-Z80L
D-M9PWL, from Ø 25 mm: D-Y7PL
Ø 10, 16, 20 mm: D-M9BWL, from Ø 25 mm: D-Y59BL
Reed:
Ø 10, 16, 20 mm:
3 wire solid state:
PNP: Ø 10, 16, 20 mm:
2 wire solid state:
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
120
Linear Actuators
Combination Cylinders
Mechanically Jointed Rodless
Cylinder, Low Profile Design
Series MY2H/HT/C
Part no.
MY2H16G - *
MY2H25TFG- *
MY2H40TFG- *
MY2HT16G - *
MY2HT25TFG- *
MY2HT40TFG- *
MY2C16G - *
MY2C25TFG- *
MY2C40TFG- *
Bore size
(mm)
16
25
40
16
25
40
16
25
40
Standard strokes
(mm)
50, 100, 150, 200,
250, 300, 350, 400,
450, 500, 550, 600
max. Ø16: 1000,
Ø25/40: 1500
100 - 2000
max. ø16: 3000
max. ø25/40: 5000
Number of
Moments
Guides M1/M2/M3 (Nm)
Port Size
7/6/7
28/26/26
60/50/60
46/55/46
100/120/100
200/220/200
5/4/3,5
13/14/10
45/33/28
1
2
1
M5
G 1/8
G 1/4
M5
G 1/8
G 1/4
M5
G 1/8
G 1/4
* Stroke length
• Compact, extremely flat design.
• Height reduction by 30% compared
to MY1.
• Bore sizes 16, 25 and 40 mm.
• Increased load and moment capacity
are possible.
• Available either with one (MY2H) or
two (MY2HT) linear guides.
• Cylinder can be replaced without
removing the work piece.
• MY2C: Cam follower guides.
• MY2H/HT: Linear guides.
Stroke adjusting unit
ø (mm)
Ø25
Ø16
MY2H L MY2H-A16L MY2H-A25L
H MY2H-A16H MY2H-A25H
MY2HT L MY2HT-A16L MY2HT-A25L
H MY2HT-A16H MY2HT-A25H
MY2C L MY2H-A16L MY2H-A25L
MY2H-A25H
–
H
Ø40
MY2H-A40L
MY2H-A40H
MY2HT-A40L
MY2HT-A40H
MY2C-A40L
MY2C-A40H
Work piece
Cylinder mounting
bolts
Guide unit
Linear Actuators
6
Cylinder body
Slider
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
121
Linear Actuators
Combination Cylinders
Mechanically Jointed
Rodless Cylinders
Series MY3A/3B/3M
MY3A
Short style cylinder (rubber bumper)
Ø
Standard strokes **
Part no.
(mm)
(mm)
MY3A16 - *
MY3A25TF - *
MY3A40TF - *
MY3A50TF - *
16
25
40
50
Port Size
Cushion
M5
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
Rubber bumper
Standard strokes **
(mm)
Port Size
Cushion
100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600,
700, 800, 900, 1000, 1200,
1400, 1600, 1800, 2000
(max. 3.000)
M5
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
adjustable
air cushion
Standard strokes **
(mm)
Port Size
Cushion
100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600,
700, 800, 900, 1000, 1200,
1400, 1600, 1800, 2000
(max. 3.000)
M5
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
adjustable
air cushion
100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600,
700, 800, 900, 1000, 1200,
1400, 1600, 1800, 2000
(max. 3.000)
* Stroke length
** Suffix -XB11 in part number for strokes > 2000 mm
MY3B
Standard cylinder (air cushion)
Ø
Part no.
(mm)
MY3B16 - *
MY3B25TF - *
MY3B40TF - *
MY3B63TF - *
MY3M
Linear Actuators
6
• Sizes ø16, 25, 40, 63 mm,
Strokes up to 3000 mm.
• High functionality with reduced height
and length:
-Height reduced by 36% at the maximum*.
-Overall length reduced by 140 mm at
the maximum*.
-Weight reduced by 53% at the maximum.
(*Comparison with Series MY1B).
• Stroke adjusting unit combined with
shock absorbers and adjusting.
• Piping ports either on one side or both
sides.
Stroke Adjusting Unit
Oval Piston
16
25
40
63
* Stroke length
** Suffix -XB11 in part number for strokes > 2000 mm
Slide bearing type (air cushion)
Ø
Part no.
(mm)
MY3M16 - *
MY3M25TF - *
MY3M40TF - *
MY3M63TF - *
16
25
40
63
* Stroke length
** Suffix -XB11 in part number for strokes > 2000 mm
Stroke adjustment unit for MY3B and MY3M models
Ø (mm)
16
Left
MY3
* -A16L1
Unit L
Right MY3 * -A16L2
Left MY3 * -A16H1
Unit H
Right MY3 * -A16H2
* B = MY3B; M = MY3M
Unit L
Unit H
(MY3B/3M)
25
MY3 * -A25L1
MY3 * -A25L2
MY3 * -A25H1
MY3 * -A25H2
40
MY3 * -A40L1
MY3 * -A40L2
MY3 * -A40H1
MY3 * -A40H2
63
MY3 * -A63L1
MY3 * -A63L2
MY3 * -A63H1
MY3 * -A63H2
Low load shock-absorber and adjusting bolt
High load shock-absorber and adjusting bolt
Side supports
The cylinder tube can be fixed from the upper or lower side.
Shock-absorbers for L and H units
Ø (mm)
16
Type L
RB0806
Type H
RB1007
Side supports
Ø (mm)
16
25
40
63
Type A
Type B
Floating bracket
Easy connection with external guide. Vertical and lateral mounting is possible.
25
RB1007
RB1412
40
RB1412
RB2015
63
RB2015
RB2725
Part No.
MY-S16A
MY-S16B
MY-S25A
MY-S25B
MY-S32A
MY-S32B
MY-S40A
MY-S40B
Mounting with floating bracket (MY3A and MY3B)
Ø (mm)
Part No.
16
MYAJ16
25
MYAJ25
40
MYAJ40
63
MYAJ63
Possible signal generators
Reed:
3 wire solid state/2 colour:
2 wire solid state/2colour:
D-A93L,
NPN: D-M9NWL, PNP:D-M9PWL
D-M9BWL
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
122
Linear Actuators
Combination Cylinders
Rodless Cylinder
Series CY3B/CY3R
CY3B
CY3R
• Sizes ø 6 – 63 mm,
Strokes up to 5000 mm.
• Magnetically coupled rodless
cylinder field.
• Reduced length as compared to
piston rod cylinders with the same
stroke length.
• Reduced radial dimensions.
• Tube with square slide.
Part no.
CY3**6 - *
CY3**10 - *
CY3**15 - *
CY3**20TF CY3**25TF CY3**32TF CY3**40TF CY3**50TF CY3**63TF -
*
*
*
*
*
*
Ø
(mm)
Standard strokes
(mm)
6
10
15
20
25
32
40
50
63
50, 100, 150, 200
50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300
50,100,150,200,250,300,350,400,450,500
Port Size
Cushion
M3
M5
100, 150, 200, 250, 300,350,
400, 450500, 600, 700, 800
G1/8
100, 150, 200, 250, 300,350,
400, 450500, 600, 700, 800,
900, 1000
G1/4
Rubber bumper
* Stroke length
** B…Standard, R…additional slide guide
Magnetic Rodless Cylinder
Series CY1S/CY1L
Part no.
Ø
(mm)
CDY1S6H - *
CDY1S10H - *
CDY1S15H - *
ECDY1S20H - *
ECDY1S25H - *
ECDY1S32H - *
ECDY1S40H - *
6
10
15
20
25
32
40
Standard strokes
(mm)
50, 100, 150, 200
50,100,150,200,250,300,350
50,100,150,200,250,300,350,400,450,500
100, 150, 200, 250, 300,350,
400, 450500, 600, 700, 800
100, 150, 200, 250, 300,350,400,
450,500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000
Port Size
M5
G1/8
Linear Actuators
6
Cushion
Standard: none
Optional:
shock absorber
G1/4
* Stroke length
CY1L Ball bushing version on request
• Sizes ø 6 - 40 mm,
Strokes up to 1500 mm.
• Overall length advantages as
compared to slide units with the
same stroke.
• Slide with two strong guide rods
running in slide bearing (CY1S) or
ball bushing (CY1L) to absorb lateral
forces and longitudinal and lateral
moments.
• Auto switch mounting in its own rail.
• Stopper bolts and shock-absorbers
integrated in the end plates.
Accessories•Shock-absorbers
Cylinder Ø (mm)
Shock absorber
6•10•15
RB0805
20
RB1006
25
RB1411
32•40
RB2015
Possible auto switches
Reed:
3 wire solid state:
2 wire solid state:
D-A73L, D-A80L
NPN: D-F79L, PNP:D-F7PL
D-J79L
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
123
Linear Actuators
Combination Cylinders
Magnetic Rodless Cylinders
Series CY1H/CY1HT
Part no.
CY1H10 - *
CY1H15 - *
CY1H20 - *
CY1H25 - *
CY1HT25 - *
CY1HT32 - *
Nº of
Ø
(mm) Guides
10
15
20
25
25
32
one
one
one
one
two
two
Standard strokes
(mm)
100, 200, 300
100, 200, 300, 400, 500
100,200,300,400,500,600
100,200,300,400,500,600,800
100, 200, 300, 400, 500,
600, 800, 1000
Port Size
Cushion
M5
Standard:
elastic
Rc1/8
optional:
shock absorber
* Stroke length
Possible auto switch
D-Z73L, D-Z80L
PNP:D-Y7PL
D-Y59BL
Reed:
3 wire solid state:
• Sizes ø 10 – 25 mm, 32 mm with
CY1HT, strokes up to 1500 mm.
• Enclosed design with one (CY1H) or
two (CY1HT) high precision guide.
• For increased load absorption
at extremely high precision.
• Auto switch can be integrated in the
body.
• Pre-machined mounting holes
in the slide.
2 wire solid state:
Linear Actuators
6
Magnetic Rodless CylinderLow Profile Guide Type
Series CY1F
Part no.
CY1F10R- * **
CY1F15R- * **
CY1F25TFR- * **
Ø
(mm)
Standard strokes
10
15
25
50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300
50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500
100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600
Port size
Cushion
Centralized
on one side Shock absorber
M5
on both sides in
G1/8”
the slide
* Stroke length
- …Standard 2 mm adjustable
** Stopper:
A …extended 25 mm adjustable
Possible signal generators
Reed:
3 wire solid state/2 colour:
• Sizes Ø 10, 15 and 25 mm.
• Magnetically coupled rodless
cylinder with lateral guide,
resulting in extremely low profile.
• Drive cylinder can be removed from
the slide without the use of tools.
• Adjustable strota ends.
• Slide with integrated shock-absorber.
2 wire solid state/2colour:
D-A90L, D-A93L,
NPN: D-M9NWL, PNP:D-M9PWL
D-M9BWL
Stroke adjustment bolts
Bore size
Standard
10, 15
CYF-S10
25
CYF-S25
extended 25 mm
CYF-L10
CYF-L25
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
124
Linear Actuators
Combination Cylinders
Rodless Cylinders for Clean Rooms
and Vacuum Chambers
Series CYP/CYV
Bore size
(mm)
Strokes
(mm)
Stroke
adjustment
CYP * - **
15, 32
on both sides:
± 1 mm
CYV * - **
15, 32
100, 150, 200, 250,
300, 350, 400, 450,
500, 600, 700
Part no.
* Diameter
** Stroke length
on both sides:
-2 ~ 0 mm
Operating pressure
(MPa)
0,05 ~ 0,3
Low particle generation
• Internally-controlled start-up and
deceleration behaviour produces a
sinusoidal motion, ensuring jolt-free
operation.
• No particle generation, since slide runs
without contact with the cylinder tubing.
• CYV:
- For Clean Room.
- No suction vacuum
necessary.
- 1/20 of the particle
generation compared to
12-CY3B-Series.
- Fitted and double-pac
kaged under clean room
conditions.
Miniature Guide Rod Cylinder
Series MGJ
- For use in vacuum
chambers.
- Particle generation
(on average,
0,1 Particles/Cycle).
- Leakage 1,3 x
10-7 Pa · m3/s.
- Seals separate vacuum
and atmosphere.
- Operation conditions:
Atmospheres up to 1,3 x
10-4 Pa (ABS).
Part no.
MGJ6- *
MGJ10- *
6
Linear Actuators
• CYP:
Ø
(mm)
Strokes**
(mm)
Port Size
Cushion
6
10
5, 10, 15
5, 10, 15, 20
M3
Rubber bumper
(at both ends)
* Stroke length
** Intermediate stroke (by the 1 mm stroke) available, consult SMC.
Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting is 4 mm.
Possible auto switches
3 wire solid state:
2 wire solid state:
NPN: D-F8NL, PNP:D-F8PL
D-F8BL
• Sizes Ø 6, 10 mm, strokes up to 20 mm.
• Non-rotating accuracy: ±0.1°.
• Two auto switches can be mounted even
for 5 mm strokes.
• Integral wiring/piping to one direction.
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
125
Linear Actuators
Combination Cylinders
Compact Guide Cylinder
Standard Cylinder with Slide Bearing
Series MGP
Part no.
• Sizes Ø 12 – 100 mm, strokes up to
400 mm.
• Body with central piston rod and two
lateral guide rods for high lateral
loading and moments.
• Short length, compact dimensions.
• Two types of guide rod bearing:
slide or ball bushing bearing for many
applications.
• Body with direct mounting facility on all
side surfaces and end surfaces.
• Rubber bumper in the cylinder.
• Autoswitches can be integrated in the
body from 2 sides.
6
MGPM12 - *
MGPM16 - *
MGPM20TF - *
MGPM25TF - *
MGPM32TF - *
MGPM40TF - *
MGPM50TF - *
MGPM63TF - *
MGPM80TF - *
MGPM100TF - *
Ø
(mm)
Strokes
(mm)
12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100,
125, 150, 175, 200, 250
20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150,
175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400
Port Size
Cushion
M5
G1/8
25, 50, 75, 100,
125, 150, 175, 200,
250, 300, 350, 400
Rubber bumper
(optionally
air cushion)
G1/4
G3/8
* Stroke length
Standard Cylinder with Ball Bushing Bearing
Part no.
MGPL12 - *
MGPL16 - *
MGPL20TF - *
MGPL25TF - *
MGPL32TF - *
MGPL40TF - *
MGPL50TF - *
MGPL63TF - *
MGPL80TF - *
MGPL100TF - *
Ø
(mm)
Strokes
(mm)
12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125,
150, 175, 200, 250
20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150,
175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400
Port Size
Cushion
M5
G1/8
25, 50, 75, 100,
125, 150, 175, 200,
250, 300, 350, 400
Rubber bumper
(optionally
air cushion)
G1/4
G3/8
* Stroke length
Linear Actuators
Possible auto switches
D-Z73L, D-Z80L
NPN: D-Y59AL, PNP:D-Y7PL
D-Y59BL
Reed:
3 wire solid state:
2 wire solid state:
Stroke Variations
Compact Guide Cylinders
and Air Cushion
Bearing type
Series MGP*-*A
• The air cushion is standardised.
• This compact guide cylinder has an
adjustable cushion to reduce noise
generation and vibration. This allows
more than three times as much kinetic
energy to be absorbed as compared with
rubber bumper cushion.
Bore size
(mm)
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
MGPM
Slide bearing
MGPL
Ball bushing
Cushion valve is built into the body
Heavy Duty Guide Rod
Cylinder with Improved Load
Resistance
Series MGPS
• Lateral load resistance: 10% increase.
• Eccentric load resistance: 25% increase.
• Impact load resistance: 140% increase.
Stroke (mm)
25
50
75
100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 400
Compared with compact cylinders of the series MGPM50
Bore size
(mm)
Guide rod diameter (mm)
MGPS
MGPM
50
30
25
80
45
30
Stroke Variations
Bearing type
MGPS
Slide bearing
Bore size
(mm)
50
80
Stroke (mm)
25
50
75
100 125 150 175 200
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
126
Linear Actuators
Combination Cylinders
Compact Guide Cylinder High
Precision Ball Bushing Type
Series MGPA
• Ø12, Ø16, Ø20, Ø25, Ø32, Ø40, Ø50, Ø63, Ø80, Ø100.
• The new series MGPA has been added by to the series MGP.
This new series is characterised by improved non-rotating
accuracy of the plate and reduced plate displacement.
• Non-rotating accuracy of the plate: ± 0,01°.
• Plate displacement: 0,05 mm (with MGPA Ø 12, 10 mm stroke,
load weight 1,7 kg).
Compact Guide Cylinder
with Shock Absorber
Series MGP-XC69
• Extended stroke can be adjusted
by adjustment screw.
• Extended stroke adjustment:
Ø 12 to Ø 25: 15 mm
Ø 32 to Ø 63: 25 mm
Ø 80, Ø 100: 30 mm
Linear Actuators
6
Compact Cylinder
with Special Scrapers
Series MGP-XC4/XC35
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
127
Linear Actuators
Combination Cylinders
Guide Cylinder
Series MGG
MGG *** B20- *
MGG *** B25- *
MGG *** B32- *
MGG *** B40- *
MGG *** B50- *
MGG *** B63- *
MGG *** B80- *
MGG *** B100- *
Ø
(mm)
Standard strokes **
(mm)
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
75, 100, 125, 150, 200
Cushion
Port sizes
Cylinder
Guide
Rc 1/8
75, 100, 125
150, 200, 250, 300
Rc 1/4
Shock
Rubber absorber
bumper (2 pcs.)
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/2
* Stroke length
** longer strokes available on request
*** M… slide bush guide bearing
L… ball bush guide bearing
Possible signal generators/accessories
Type
Ø 20
Ø 25
Ø 32
Ø 40
Ø 50
Ø 63
Ø 80
Ø 100
Reed switch
3-wire, solid state PNP
2-wire solid state
D-C73L, D-C80L
D-B54L
D-H7A2L
D-G5PL
D-H7BL
D-K59L
Signal generator mounting band BMA2-020 BMA2-025 BMA2-032 BMA2-040 BMA2-050 BMA2-063 BA-08
BA-10
Pusher
Linear Actuators
6
• Bore sizes ø 20 – 100 mm, strokes
up to max. 1300 mm.
• High quality guide unit with standard
round cylinder.
• Guide rod bearing with either slide
or ball bushing bearing.
• Large diameter guide rods with
long support bearing for high lateral
load resistance and non-rotating
precision.
• Integrated shock-absorber and
adjustment bolts to allow effective
cushion of large mass forces.
• Body mounting possible on all sides.
• Simple stroke adjustment by moving
the rear plate.
• Integrated grease port as standard.
Part no.
Lifter
Guide Table
Series MGF
Part no.
MGF40TF- *
MGF63TF- *
MGF100TF- *
Ø
(mm)
Standard strokes
(mm)
Port Size
Cushion
40
63
100
30, 50, 75, 100
G 1/8
G 1/4
G 1/4
Rubber bumper
* Stroke length
• Bore sizes ø 40, 63 and 100 mm,
strokes from 30 – 100 mm.
• Compact stroke table to
accommodate eccentric
loads; with built-in nonn-rotating
mechanism.
• Cylinder function double-acting.
• Low height with respect to stroke.
• Rubber bumper cushion.
• Autoswitch for stroke end detection
can be integrated into body contour.
Possible auto switches
Reed:
3 wire solid state:
2 wire solid state:
D-Z73L, D-Z80L
NPN: D-Y59AL, PNP:D-Y7PL
D-Y59BL
Conveyor equipment
Positioning
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
128
Linear Actuators
Combination Cylinders
Series MGZ/MGZR
• Double-acting double power cylinder.
• Highly loadable as a result of
integrated slide bearing.
• Non-rotating rod (MGZ) - by slide
bearing with built-in nonrotating mechanism.
• Double extension output power by
“piston in piston construction”.
• Approx. 30% reduced overall length
compared with standard cylinders in
tandem arrangement.
• Moment absorption is the same as
guide cylinders (e.g. MGP), but with a
40% reduced overall width.
• Improved non-rotating accuracy: ±0,3°.
• Optimum design by the use of profile
tube, auto switch can be integrated
in grooves.
• Simple piping connection via 2 ports,
resulting from internal air channels.
• Pre-cut mounting threads in
cylinder covers and piston rod.
Ø Standard strokes Theoretical output,
extension stroke (N)
(mm)
(mm)
at 0,6MPa
Part no.
MGZ20 - *
MGZ25TF - *
MGZ32TF - *
MGZ40TF - *
MGZ50TF - *
MGZ63TF - *
MGZ80TF - *
MGZR20 - *
MGZR25TF - *
MGZR32TF - *
MGZR40TF - *
MGZR50TF - *
MGZR63TF - *
MGZR80TF - *
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
436
651
973
1520
2309
3567
5829
436
651
973
1520
2309
3567
5829
75, 100, 125,
150,
175, 200, 250,
300
Long stroke
version
up to 1000 mm
available
(800 mm for
ø20,ø25)
Cushion
Type
With
non-rotating
mechanism
Rubber
bumper
Without
non-rotating
mechanism
Port
Size
M5
G 1/8
G 1/8
G 1/4
G 3/8
M5
G 1/8
G 1/8
G 1/4
G 3/8
* Stroke length
Mounting elements such as foot brackets, flanges on request
Possible auto switches/accessories
Type
MGZ
Ø 20, 25, 32 mm
MGZ
Ø 40-80 mm
Reed switch
3-wire solid state PNP
2-wire solid state
Auto switch spacer
D-A93L, D-A90L D-A93L, D-A90L
D-M9PWL
D-M9PWL
D-M9BWL
D-M9BWL
BMY3-016
BMG2-012
6
MGZ with end lock
Linear Actuators
Double Power Cylinder
MGZ
Tandem cylinder
3 Position Cylinder
• 2-stage stroke enabled with
a small increase in length
Series RZQ
Overall length of cylinder tube
RZQ
First-stage
Stroke
Additional cylinder tube length
Full stroke
CDQ2
• First-stage stroke can be specified
without changing the overall length.
• ±0.02 or less repeatability
in intermediate stop positioning.
• First-stage stroke can be freely
specified.
• Wide variations in mounting.
Overall length of cylinder tube
Part no.
RZQA32TFRZQA40TFRZQA50TFRZQA63TF-
*
*
*
*
- **
- **
- **
- **
Ø
(mm)
Standard strokes
(mm)
32
40
50
63
Full stroke:
25,50,75,100,125,150,
175,200,250,300
First-stage stroke:
5mm to “full stroke” -1mm
Port Size
G 1/8
G 1/4
* Full stroke
** First-stage stroke
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
129
Linear Actuators
Combination Cylinders
Dual-Rod Cylinder:
Compact Type
Series CXSJ
• Improved auto switch mounting
possible from 4 sides.
• Profiles reduced by approx.
30% and weight reduced by
approx. 40% in comparison with
conventional cylinders.
• With either slide bearings or ball
bushing bearings.
6 Dual-Rod Cylinder
Linear Actuators
Series CXS
Part no.
Bore size
(mm)
Standard strokes
(mm) adjustable 5 mm
Port
size
6
10
15
20
25
32
6
10
15
20
25
32
10, 20, 30, 40, 50
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75
M3
M5
M5
M5
M5
G1/8
M3
M5
M5
M5
M5
G1/8
CXSJM6- *
CXSJM10- *
CXSJM15- *
CXSJM20- *
CXSJM25- *
CXSJM32- *
CXSJL6- *
CXSJL10- *
CXSJL15- *
CXSJL20- *
CXSJL25- *
CXSJL32- *
10, 20, 30, 40, 50,
75, 100
10, 20, 30, 40, 50
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75
10, 20, 30, 40, 50,
75, 100
Guide
Auto switch
Slide bearing
Reed:
D-A93L, D-A90L
2-wire solid state
D-M9BL
3 wire PNP
D-M9PL
Ball bushing
bearing
* Stroke length
Slide Bush Guides
Bore size
(mm)
Part no.
CXSM6- *
CXSM10- *
CXSM15- *
CXSM20- *
CXSM25TF- *
CXSM32TF- *
Standard strokes
(mm)
Port sizes
Stroke
adjustment range
M5
6
10
15
20
25
32
10, 20, 30, 40, 50
10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 75
10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35,
40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 75,
80, 90, 100
G1/8”
Bore size
(mm)
Standard strokes
(mm)
Port sizes
6
10
15
20
25
32
10, 20, 30, 40, 50
10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 75
M5
0 ~ -5 mm
* Stroke length
• Sizes Ø 6 - 32 mm.
• Guide cylinder with small body
profile.
• Guide piston rod with slide or
ball bushing bearings.
• Air connections can be located
in two alternative positions.
• Auto switch can be integrated
into body.
• Cushion bolts fitted as standard.
• Stroke adjustment in the range
of 5 mm with cylinder retracted.
Ball bush guides
Part no.
CXSL6- *
CXSL10- *
CXSL15- *
CXSL20- *
CXSL25TF- *
CXSL32TF- *
10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35,
40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 75,
80, 90, 100
Stroke
adjustment range
M5
M5
0 ~ -5 mm
G1/8”
* Stroke length
Possible signal generator
Reed:
3 wire solid state:
2 wire solid state:
D-Z73L, D-Z80L
NPN: D-Y59AL, PNP:D-Y7PL
D-Y59BL
Double piston cylinder
Series CXS*A
Piston-Ø 20, 25, and 32mm can be
supplied with adjustable endpoint
damping
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
130
Linear Actuators
Speciality Cylinders
Sine Rodless Cylinder
Series REA
Part no.
REA * - **
REAR * - **
REAS * - **
REAL * - **
REAH * - **
REAHT * - **
Ø
(mm)
Nº of guides
25 ,32
40, 50, 63
10
15
20, 25,32
40
10
15
20
25
25, 32
200-800
200-1000
150-300
150-500
200-800
200-1000
150-300
150-500
200-600
200-800
200-1000
• 6 design variants:
* Diameter
REA: Basic type.
** Stroke length
REAR: Basic type with auto switch
*** diameter-specific stroke limitations possible
REAS/REAL:Slider type with 2 slide or ball bushing
bearing rod guides.
REAH: With a high precision
guide rail.
REAHT: With 2 high precision
guide rails.
• Internally-controlled start-up and deceleration behaviour
to achieve a sinusoidal movement, thereby ensuring jolt-free
operation.
Standard strokes
(mm)***
2
2
2
1
2
6
Sine Rodless High Speed Cylinder
Linear Actuators
Series REBR/REBH
• Expansion of the Sine-cylinder series.
• Max. speed 600 mm/sec.
• REBR: with Ø 15, 25, 32 mm.
• REBH: with Ø 15, 25, 32 mm.
• Max. strokes:
Ø 15:
750 mm
Ø 25, 32: 1500 mm
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
131
Linear Actuators
Speciality Cylinders
Microspeed Cylinder
Series C*X
Part no.
Bore size
(mm)
Standard strokes
(mm)
10
15,30,45,60,75,100,125,150
16
15,30,45,60,75,100,125,150,175,200
10,16
5,10,15,20,25,30,
CDUX * - ** D
20,25,32
5,10,15,20,25,30,40,50
12,16
5,10,15,20,25,30,
CDQSXB * - ** D
20,25
5,10,15,20,25,30,35,40,45,50
32,40
5,10,15,20,25,30,35,40,45,50,75,100
CDQ2XB * TF- ** D
50,63,80,100 10,15,20,25,30,35,40,45,50,75,100
20,25,
25, 50, 75, 100, 125,
CDM2XB * TF- **
150, 200, 250, 300
32,40
CDJ2XB * - **
• Improved low friction characteristics.
• Uniform piston operation from 0,5
mm/s, no stick and slip effect.
• No lurching guaranteed, even after
long standstill times.
Piston speed
Operating
(mm/s)
pressure (MPa)
0,06 ~ 0,7
1 ~ 300
0,06 ~ 0,7
0.05~0.7
1 ~ 300
0,5 ~ 300
1 ~ 300
0,03 ~ 0,7
0,025 ~ 0,7
0,5 ~ 300
0,01 ~ 0,7
0,025 ~ 1.0
0,5 ~ 300
* Bore size
** Stroke length
Version without magnet, with rubber dumper, mounting brackets autoswitch on request.
Linear Actuators
6
Smooth Cylinder
Series C*Y
Part no.
Bore size
(mm)
Standard strokes
(mm)
Operating Piston speed
pressure
(mm/s)
(MPa)
0,03 ~ 0,7
12, 16,
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30
20, 25 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 0,02 ~0,7
CDQ2YB- * TF - ** DC 32, 40 5,10,15,20,25,30,35,40,45,50,75,100 0,02 ~ 0,7
50, 63, 80, 100 10,15,20,25,30,35,40,45,50,75,100
0,01 ~0,7
CDQSYB- * - ** DC
CDM2YB- * TF - **
CDG1YB- * TF - **
• 0.03 MPa Minimun operating pressure
0.01 to 0.03 MPa.precision regulator
(e.g. Series IR).
• Smooth operation with less sticking
and slipping. Stable operation possible
even at a low speed of 5 mm/
s(measurement based on JIS B8377).
• Sliding resistance:
Bi-directional low-friction operation
possible. Pressing force can be
controlled regardless of its direction.
20, 25,
25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150,
32, 40
200, 250, 300
20
25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200
25,32,40 25, 50, 75, 100, 125 ,150, 200,
50,63,80,100
250, 300
0,02 ~ 0,7
5 ~ 500
0,02 ~ 0,7
0,01 ~0,7
* Bore size
** Stroke length
Version without magnet, with rubber dumper, mounting brackets autoswitch on request.
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
132
Linear Actuators
Speciality Cylinders
Compact Metal-seal
Low Friction Cylinder
Series MQQ/MQM
Bore size
(mm)
Part no.
Standard strokes
(mm)
10
10,20,30,40
16, 20
10,20,30,40,50,60
25, 28
10,20,30,40,50,75,100
10
10,20,30,40
16, 20
MQQLB * - * * D
10,20,30,40,50,60
25, 28
10,20,30,40,50,75,100
6
15,30,45,60
MQMTB * - * * D
10, 16, 20, 25 15,30,45,60,75,100
MQMLB * H - * * D 10, 16, 20, 25 15,30,45,60,75,100
MQQTB * - * * D
Operating
pressure (MPa)
Speed
(mm/s)
0,005 ~ 0,5
0,3 ~ 300
0,005 ~ 0,7
0,5 ~ 500
0,02 ~ 0,7
0,005 ~ 0,7
0,01 ~ 0,7
0,5 ~ 1000
5 ~ 3000
* Bore size
** Stroke length
• Minimal friction as a result of metal seals
and floating bearing of the mechanism.
• Low breakaway pressure of 0.005 MPa.
• Uniform, smooth operation, even at
0.3 mm/s.
• Extended service life, 100 million
cycles or 10,000 km.
• High speed version up to 3 m/s.
• Increased lateral load resistance as a
result of integrated ball guides
(in the version L).
Possible types:
MQQT/MQML
Possible types:
MQQL/MQML
Possible types:
MQML/MQMLH
High-Power Cylinders
Series RHC
Part no.
RHCB20 - *
RHCB25 - *
RHCB32 - *
RHCB40 - *
RHCB50 - *
RHCB63 - *
RHCB80 - *
RHCB100- *
Bore size
Ø (mm)
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
Standard
stroke (mm)
Effective
Max. stroke Max. energy
absorption (J) cushion stroke
(mm)
(mm)
200 - 700
200 - 1000
1500
200 - 1200
200 - 1400
200 - 1500
7
12
21
33
47
84
127
196
both sides
80
* Stroke length
Auto switch/mounting bracket
• High-speed special cylinder
up to 3000 mm/sec.
• 8 Sizes, Ø 20 to Ø 100 mm.
• Maximum stroke 1500 mm.
• Integrated cushion adjustment and
long cushion strokes ensure
smooth operation and absorbing
capacity a high kinetic energy.
25
32
50
63
20
40
80
100
Bore size (mm)
Mounting bracket BMA2-020 BMA2-025 BMA2-032 BMA2-040 BMA2-050 BMA2-063 BA-08 BA-10
Reed switch
D-B54L
D-C73L, D-C80L
3-wire solid state NPN
D-H7A1L
3-wire solid state PNP
D-H7A2L
Accessories - Mounting brackets
Bore size (mm)
25
63
80
100
32
50
20
40
Foot
RHC-L020 RHC-L025 RHC-L032 RHC-L040 RHC-L050 RHC-L063 RHC-L080 RHC-L100
Flange
RHC-F020 RHC-F025 RHC-F032 RHC-F040 RHC-F050 RHC-F063 RHC-F080 RHC-F100
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
133
Linear Actuators
6
Linear Actuators
Speciality Cylinders
Rotary Clamp Cylinder
Series MK2/MK2T
Ø
(mm)
Part no.
MK2B20 MK2B25 MK2B32 MK2B40 MK2B50 MK2B63 -
20
25
32
40
50
63
** N
** N
** N
** N
** N
** N
*
*
*
*
*
*
Standard Stroke
(mm)
Port sizes
Cushion
M5
10, 20
G1/8
20, 50
G1/4
Standard Stroke
(mm)
Port sizes
Rubber
bumper
* Stroke length
** L… Counter-clockwise rotation
R… Clockwise rotation
• Bore sizes 20 - 63 mm, strokes max.
50 mm
• Rotary movement either clockwise or
counterclockwise.
• Stroke end detection by Reed switch.
• Clamping force up to max. theoretical
value of 1400 N.
Ø
(mm)
Part no.
MK2TB20 MK2TB25 MK2TB32 MK2TB40 MK2TB50 MK2TB63 -
*
*
*
*
*
*
20
25
32
40
50
63
** N
** N
** N
** N
** N
** N
Cushion
M5
10, 20
G1/8
20, 50
Rubber
bumper
G1/4
* Stroke length
** L… Counter-clockwise rotation
R… Clockwise rotation
Combined linear
and rotary movement
6
Possible auto switches
Type
Reed switch
3-wire solid state PNP
Linear Actuators
2-wire solid state
Stopper Cylinder
Series RSQ
Part no.
Ø
(mm)
RSDQB12 -10D **
RSDQB16 - * D **
ERSDQB20 - * D **
ERSDQB32 - * D **
ERSDQB40 - * D **
ERSDQB50 - * D **
12
16
20
32
40
50
Ø 12 - 16 mm
Ø 20 - 63 mm
D-A93L, D-A90L
D-M9PWL
D-M9BWL
D-A73L, D-A80L
D-F7PL
D-J79L
Standard strokes
(mm)
10
10, 15
Port sizes
Cushion
M5 x 0,8
10, 15, 20
Rubber bumper
G1/8
20, 25, 30
* Stroke length
- … Round bar type
** Version:
R… Roller type
Lever Version
• Bore sizes ø 12 – 50 mm, strokes
max. 30 mm.
• Reinforced piston rod and bearings
allow increased radial load.
• Compact short stroke cylinder.
• Double-acting , single acting (Safety
function).
• 3 piston rod options for optimum
solution of the stop task.
• Stroke end detection by auto
switches.
Part no.
Ø
(mm)
Standard strokes
(mm)
ERSDQB32 - * DL
ERSDQB40 - * DL
ERSDQB50 - * DL
32
40
50
10, 15, 20
20, 25, 30
Port sizes
Cushion
G1/8
Rubber bumper
* Stroke length
Possible auto switches
Type
Reed switch
3-wire solid state PNP
2-wire solid state
Ø 12 mm
Ø 16 - 50 mm
D-A93L, D-A90L
D-M9PWL
D-M9BWL
D-A73L, D-A80L
D-F7PL
D-J79L
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
134
Linear Actuators
Speciality Cylinders
Heavy duty
Stopper Cylinder
Series RSH/RS1H
Double-acting with steel roller, lock mechanism
Part no.
Ø
(mm)
Standard strokes
(mm)
RSH20-15DM-D
RSH32TF-20DM-D
RS1H50TF-30DM-D
RS1H63TF-30DM-D
RS1H80TF-40DM-D
20
32
50
63
80
15
20
30
30
40
Port sizes
Cushion
M5
G1/8
Adjustable
shock absorber
G1/4
Other roller materials and variations available on request.
• Bore sizes-ø 20 – 80 mm,
strokes 15 – 40 mm.
• Heavy duty stopper cylinder with
integrated shock-absorber for gently
stopping of the load via roller lever.
• Compact size and stable mounting
flange.
• Double-acting, single-acting spring
extended (safety function).
• Lock mechanism on the roller lever
prevents the load from rebounding
after braking.
• Stroke end detection by auto switch.
Lever basic
position
Lever lock
Locked cancel
6
Roller on piston rod
Linear Actuators
Operation mode RSQ, RSH
Lever Version
Work piece
is stopped
Work piece is
stopped gently
Work piece
can pass
Work piece
can pass
Next work piece
is awaited
Next work piece
is awaited
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
135
Linear Actuators
Speciality Cylinders
Escapement
Series MIW/MIS
MIS - Single finger type
Part no.
MIS8- * D
MIS12- * D
MIS20- * D
MIS25- * D
MIS32TF- * D
Nº-of
Finger
Operating
Bore size
stroke (mm) pressure (MPa) fingers
(mm)
8
12
20
25
32
10, 20
10, 20, 30
10, 20, 30
30, 50
30, 50
0.2 ~ 0.7
Auto switch
3-wire: NPN: D-M9NL
3-wire: PNP: D-M9BL
2-wire solid state D-M9BL
1
* Stroke length
MIW - Double finger type
• Alternatively in single finger (MIS) or
double finger (MIW) type.
• Extended sevice life, since the piston
and finger have a floating
connection, avoiding moment loads
on the seals, etc.
• 3 different finger designs.
• Sequential operation of both fingers
with the MIW.
• Optional stroke adjustment, scrapers
possible.
Part no.
MIW8-8D
MIW12-12D
MIW20-20D
MIW25-25D
MIW32TF-32D
Nº-of
Finger
Bore size
Operating
stroke (mm) pressure (MPa) fingers
(mm)
8
12
20
25
32
8
12
20
25
32
0.2 ~ 0.7
2
Auto switch
3-wire: NPN: D-M9NL
3-wire: PNP: D-M9BL
2-wire solid state D-M9BL
Linear Actuators
6
Stainless Steel Cylinder
Series CJ5/CG5
Built-in magnet, NBR seals
Part no.
CDJ5B * SR- ** -B
Bore size
(mm)
10, 16
Water
Operating
resistant
pressure (MPa) auto switches
Standard strokes
(mm)
15,30,45,60,75,100,125,
150, for Ø16: 175, 200
20
25,50,75,100,125,150,200
CDG5BN * SR- ** 25, 32, 40, 50,
25, 50, 75,100,125
63, 80, 100
150, 200, 250, 300
Cylinder mounting
Series
ø (mm)
Foot type
Flange type
D-H7BAL
0.05~1.0
D-G5BAL
on request: without magnet, FKM seals, long stroke version
* Bore size
** Stroke length
• SUS304 - stainless steel.
• Special scrapers provide optimum
piston rod sealing.
• Seals either NBR or FKM.
• FDA approved grease suitable for
food processing applications.
• CG5 can be disassembled, therefore
maintenance-friendly.
0.1 ~ 0.7
CDJ5
10
CJ-L016SUS
CJ-F016SUS
16
CJK-L016SUS
CJK-F016SUS
CDG5
20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100
CG-L0 ** SUS
CG-F0 ** SUS
** Enter the bore size
Mounting band for autoswitch
CDJ5
Serie
CDG5
10
16
ø (mm)
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
Mounting BJ2-010S BJ2-016S NBA-088S NBA-106S BGS1-032S BAF-04S BAF-05S BAF-06S BAF-08S BAF-10S
band
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
136
Linear Actuators
Shock Absorbers
Shock Absorber
Series RB/RBC
M6•M8•M10•M14•M20•M27
Standard
Part no.
Thread on
the body
Stroke
(mm)
Max. energy
absorption
Max. operation
(cycles/min)
Max. impact
speed
RB0604
RB0806
RB1007
RB1412
RB2015
RB2725
M6 x 0.75
M8 x 1
M10 x 1
M14 x 1,5
M20 x 1,5
M27 x 1,5
4
6
7
12
15
25
0.5 J
2.94 J
5.88 J
19.6 J
58.8 J
147 J
80
80
70
45
25
10
1 m/s
Part no.
Thread on
the body
Stroke
(mm)
Max. energy
absorption
Max. operation
(cycles/min)
RBC0806
RBC1007
RBC1412
RBC2015
RBC2725
M8 x 1
M10 x 1
M14 x 1,5
M20 x 1,5
M27 x 1,5
6
7
12
15
25
2.94 J
5.88 J
19.6 J
58.8 J
147 J
80
70
45
25
10
5 m/s
With cap
• Component for stroke end damping
with optimum effect.
• Increased efficiency by use
of hydraulic principle resulting in
minimum dimensions.
• Automatic adjustment system for
each size allows a wide range of
applications.
• Impact speed up to max. 5 m/sec.
• The ring area on the front can also
be used as a mechanical stop to a
certain extent.
Max. impact
speed
5 m/s
6
Series RBQ/RBQC
M16•M20•M25•M30•M32
Metall stopper
Max. operation
(cycles/min)
Max. impact
speed
1.96 J
11.8 J
19.6 J
33.3 J
49 J
60
60
45
45
30
3 m/s
Stroke
(mm)
Max. energy
absorption
Max. operation
(cycles/min)
4
7
8
8,5
13
1.96 J
11.8 J
19.6 J
33.3 J
49 J
60
60
45
45
30
Part no.
Thread on
the body
Stroke
(mm)
RBQ1604
RBQ2007
RBQ2508
RBQ3009
RBQ3213
M16 x 1,5
M20 x 1,5
M25 x 1,5
M30 x 1,5
M32 x 1,5
4
7
8
8,5
13
Part no.
Thread on
the body
RBQC1604
RBQC2007
RBQC2508
RBQC3009
RBQC3213
M16 x 1,5
M20 x 1,5
M25 x 1,5
M30 x 1,5
M32 x 1,5
Max. energy
absorption
Rubber stopper
• New design principle (external
plunger) enables a high space
efficiency with minimum dimensions.
• Automatic adjustment.
• Ideal mounting options and
adjustment with continuous
male thread on the body.
• Impact speed max. 3 m/s.
• Stopper with either metallic or
with rubber cap with the same
mounting dimensions.
• Enclosed system produces
increased operational security
and is maintenance-free.
Max. impact
speed
3 m/s
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
137
Linear Actuators
Shock Absorber
Linear Actuators
Cylinders with Lock
Cylinders with lock
• Mechanical locking of the piston rod
at the stroke ends.
• Separate compressed air supply not
required.
• Manually releasable.
• For either retraction or extension
direction (both directions on request).
Open
Close
Locks
Series CBG1
Series CBM2
Bore size
20 to 40
Bore size
20 to 100
Clamp position
Both ends
Series MGP
Series CBA1
Bore size
40 to 100
Clamp position
Both ends
Series CXS
Series MGG
Bore size
20 to 100
Clamp position
Both ends
Clamp position
Both ends
Series MTS
Series CXW
Linear Actuators
6
Bore size
20 to 100
Clamp position
One side
Bore size
6, 10, 15, 20 to 32
Series MXS
Bore size
8, 12, 16 to 25
Bore size
10, 16 to 32
Clamp position
One end
Series MXQ
Clamp position
One side
Bore size
8, 12, 16 to 25
Clamp position
Both ends
Bore size
12, 16 to 40
Clamp position
One side
Series MY1H
Clamp position
One side
Bore size
16 to 40
Clamp position
Both ends
Bore size in (mm)
Possible
clamp
position
Series
CBM2
Both ends
CBG1
Both ends
CBA2
Both ends
Standard cylinder
MGG
Both ends
Guide cylinder
MGP
One side
Dual rod cylinder
CXS
Retraction
Slide Unit
CXW
One side
Precision Cylinder
MTS
One side
MXS
One side
MXQ
One side
MY1H
Both ends
Slide Unit
Rodless cylinder
Bore size (mm)
6
8
10
12
15
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80 100
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
138
Linear Actuators
Cylinders with Lock
Cylinders with fixing
elements
• Mechanical lock mechanism.
• Can be locked at any position within the
entire stroke.
• Locking is possible at any desired position.
• Able to easily accommodate changes in
work piece thickness.
• It is the best for the emergency stop and
the fall prevention, etc.
• The stop at the middle pòsition is
possible. (CLQ Series / MLGP series is excluded)
• Series from ø 16 to ø 250 mm available.
Series CLJ2
Bore size
16
LO
LO
Series CLM2
Clamp direction
Both ends
Series CNS
Bore size
20 to 40
Series CNA
Series CNG
Clamp direction
Both ends
Bore size
20 to 40
Series CLS
Bore size
40 to 100
Clamp direction
Both ends
Series CLQ
.
CK
CK
Clamp direction
Both ends
Series C95N
Bore size
32 to 100
Clamp direction
Both ends
Series MLGP
6
Clamp direction
Both ends
Bore size
125 to 250
Clamp direction
Both ends
Bore size
20 to 100
Clamp direction
One side
Bore size
20 to 100
Clamp direction
One side
Linear Actuators
Bore size
125 to 160
Series MLGC
Bore size
20 to 40
Clamp direction
Both ends
Bore size in (mm)
Clamp
method
Series
Clamp
direction
CLJ2
Konus clamp arm
Both ends
CLM2
Konus ball lining
Both ends
CNG
Konus ball lining
Both ends
CNA
Konus ball lining
Both ends
C95N
MNB
Konus ball lining
Both ends
CNS
Konus ball lining
Both ends
CLS
Eccentric
Eccentricdisc
bush
Both ends
Compact Cylinder
CLQ
Air/spring disc
One side
Guide cylinder
MLGP
Air/spring disc
One side
Guide cylinder
MLGC Konus clamp arm
Standard cylinder
Bore size (mm)
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80 100 125 140 160 180 200 250
Both side
This catalogue contains only limited product information. If you require any additional options or technical details, please refer to our individual
product catalogues, our product information on CD, our web page: www.smc.eu or by contacting your nearest SMC office.
139

Similar documents

1 - SMC

1 - SMC How to Order Connector Assembly (for a manifold with 8 stations or less with an unspecified layout) Series

More information

Lastenheft Mechanik für die Fertigungen Motor, Getriebe

Lastenheft Mechanik für die Fertigungen Motor, Getriebe 3.2.1.1 3-port 2-position valve ........................................................................................... 19

More information

household furniture, lounges, whitegoods, mobile plant

household furniture, lounges, whitegoods, mobile plant Canon Photocopying/Scanning Machine Model GP335, with Side Chute

More information

Repair Parts CATALOG - Sunnen Products Company

Repair Parts CATALOG - Sunnen Products Company Screws (1/4-20 x ½ Soc. Head Cap) Screws (10-32 x1½ Soc. Head Cap) Universal Ring includes

More information